Document:

EX-10.2

Table of Contents

 Exhibit 10.2 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of September 1, 2017 (this “Amendment”), to the Credit Agreement is by and among The J.
M. Smucker Company, an Ohio corporation (the “Borrower”), Bank of America, N.A., as the Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and as a Lender, and the other Lenders party hereto. 

RECITALS 

A.    The Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Guarantors entered into that certain Term Loan Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2015 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Lenders made certain
Loans to the Borrower (as each of the foregoing terms is defined in the Credit Agreement). 
 B.    Pursuant to
Section 13.13 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders party hereto (which Lenders party hereto constitute all Lenders) have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Credit
Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the matters set forth in the
recitals and the covenants and other provisions set forth herein, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

AGREEMENT 

Section 1.    Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amended Credit Agreement. 
 Section 2.    Amendments to the Credit
Agreement. In accordance with Section 13.13 of the Credit Agreement, as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the Credit Agreement, Exhibit E to the Credit Agreement and Schedule 8.7 to the Credit Agreement shall be amended to delete
the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text or stricken and moved text) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example:
double-underlined text or double-underlined and moved text) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement
attached hereto as Exhibit A (as the Credit Agreement is so amended and after giving effect to this Amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”). 

Section 3.    Binding Effect. This Amendment shall become effective and legally binding upon the occurrence of
the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date and shall bind the parties to the Credit Agreement, the Amended Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document and each such party’s successors and assigns, including any Person to whom any Lender assigns
any of its interests, rights and obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement. 

Section 4.    Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of
the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that: (a) the Borrower is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has the corporate and other organizational authority to enter
into this Amendment and to perform all of its obligations hereunder; (b) this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes valid and binding obligations of the Borrower enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or 

Table of Contents

 
similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at
law); and (c) this Amendment does not, nor does the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of the matters herein provided for, (i) contravene or constitute a default under any provision of law, except to the extent such
contravention or default would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) contravene any judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon the Borrower, except to the extent such contravention would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) contravene any provision of the organizational documents (e.g., charter, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate or articles of association, operating agreement,
partnership agreement, or other similar organizational documents) of the Borrower or (iv) contravene or constitute a default under any indenture or other agreement for Material Indebtedness of the Borrower, except in each case of this clause
(iv) to the extent such contravention or default would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect 

Section 5.    Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment. This Amendment shall become effective upon
satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 13.13 of the Credit Agreement) of each of the following conditions precedent (the date of satisfaction of all of the following conditions precedent, the “Amendment
No. 1 Effective Date”): 
 (a)    the Administrative Agent shall have received counterpart
signature pages of this Amendment duly executed by each of the following: (i) the Borrower, (ii) Lenders constituting all Lenders and (iii) the Administrative Agent. 

(b)    prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, (i) the Borrower shall
have entered into that certain Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”) to be dated on or about the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date by and among the Borrower, Smucker Foods of Canada Corp., Bank of America,
N.A. as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto, (ii) the repayment of all principal amounts outstanding under and termination of lending commitments under (the “Refinancing”) that certain Third Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement dated as of September 6, 2013, by and among the Borrower, Smucker Foods of Canada Corp., Bank of Montreal, as the administrative agent and the other parties thereto, shall have occurred and all security interests (if any) and
guarantees in connection therewith shall be terminated and released, (iii) all guarantees in connection with the Existing Notes (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement) shall be released. 

(c)    the Borrower shall have paid all expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and expenses of counsel) of the
Administrative Agent and Bank of America, N.A., in each case incurred in connection with this Amendment that required to be repaid pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and for which an invoice has been submitted to the Borrower; 

(d)    each of the representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Amended Credit Agreement shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, except to the extent the same expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case the same shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided that any
representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects; 

(e)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a result of the
execution and delivery hereof by the Borrower; and 

  
 2 

Table of Contents

 (f)    the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an
appropriate officer of the Borrower, certifying on behalf of the Borrower that each of the conditions set forth in clauses (d) and (e) above have been satisfied as of the date hereof. 

Section 6.    Effect of this Amendment; Reaffirmation. 

(a)    Except as expressly set forth herein (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as expressly set forth in the Amended
Credit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A), this Amendment (i) shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Borrower
or any other party under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and (ii) shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any
other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. 

(b)    Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle the Borrower to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or
other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. 

Section 7.    Miscellaneous. 

(a)    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on
separate counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or electronic
mail shall be as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart to this Amendment. 

(b)    Severability. The illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Amendment or any instrument or
agreement required hereunder shall not in any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Amendment or any instrument or agreement required hereunder. 

(c)    Entire Agreement. This Amendment, together with the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. 

(d)    References. This Amendment is hereby deemed to be a Loan Document for all purposes. As of the Amendment
No. 1 Effective Date, (i) any reference to the Credit Agreement contained in any notice, request, certificate, or other document executed concurrently with or after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date shall be deemed to be a reference
to the Amended Credit Agreement and include this Amendment unless the context shall otherwise require, (ii) any reference to the Credit Agreement set forth in the Credit Agreement, the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall
be deemed to be a reference to the Amended Credit Agreement as further amended, modified, restated, supplemented or extended from time to time and (iii) each reference in the Amended Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”,
“hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, or words of like import shall be deemed to be a reference to the Amended Credit Agreement. 

(e)    Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. THE GOVERNING LAW PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN
SECTION 13.18 OF THE AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE 

  
 3 

Table of Contents

 
SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION AND WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 13.24 OF THE AMENDED CREDIT AGREEMENT ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE,
MUTATIS MUTANDIS. 
 [Signature Pages Follow] 

  
 4 

Table of Contents

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	BORROWER:
	
	THE J. M. SMUCKER COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Sonal P. Robinson

	Name:	 	Sonal P. Robinson
	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1] 

Table of Contents

 
			
	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
	as Administrative Agent
		
	By:	 	 /s/Angela Larkin

	Name:	 	Angela Larkin
	Title:	 	Assistant Vice President

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1] 

Table of Contents

 
			
	AGFIRST FARM CREDIT BANK,
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Neda Beal

	Name:	 	Neda Beal
	Title:	 	Vice President, Capital Markets
	
	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ J. Casey Cosgrove

	Name:	 	J. Casey Cosgrove
	Title:	 	Director
	
	BANK OF MONTREAL,
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Marc Maslanka

	Name:	 	Marc Maslanka
	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	COBANK, ACB,
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Patrick Sauer

	Name:	 	Patrick Sauer
	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	FIFTH THIRD BANK
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Bryan Deye

	Name:	 	Bryan Deye
	Title:	 	AVP
	
	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Eric Bergeson

	Name:	 	Eric Bergeson
	Title:	 	Authorized Officer

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1] 

Table of Contents

 
			
	PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Denise Jakubovic-Klingler

	Name:	 	Denise Jakubovic-Klingler
	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	US NATIONAL BANK ASSOCIATION,
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Ken Gorski

	Name:	 	Ken Gorski
	Title:	 	Vice President
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.,
	as Lender
		
	By:	 	 /s/ James Travagline

	Name:	 	James Travagline
	Title:	 	Managing Director

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1] 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT A 

[Attached] 

Table of Contents

 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 Published CUSIP Number: 46622PAE5 

TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT 

DATED AS OF MARCH 2, 2015 

AMONG 

THE J. M. SMUCKER COMPANY, 

THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES
HERETO, 
 THE LENDERS
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO, 

AND 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 

AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 
  

 
 MERRILL
LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 

BANK OF MONTREAL AND 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

AS JOINT LEAD ARRANGERS, 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED 
 AS SOLE BOOK RUNNER, 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 

BANK OF MONTREAL AND 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 

AS JOINT SYNDICATION AGENTS, 

AND 

FIFTH THIRD BANK AND 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 

AS CO-AGENTS 

Table of Contents

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	SECTION	 	HEADING	  	PAGE	 
			
	SECTION 1.	 	THE CREDIT FACILITY.	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.1.
	 	 Loans
	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.2.
	 	 [Reserved].
	  	 	22	 
	 Section 1.3.
	 	 [Reserved].
	  	 	2	 
	 Section 1.4.
	 	 Applicable Interest Rates
	  	 	2	 
	 Section 1.5.
	 	 Minimum Borrowing Amounts; Maximum Eurodollar
Loans
	  	 	4	 
	 Section 1.6.
	 	 Manner of Borrowing Loans and Designating Applicable Interest
Rates
	  	 	4	 
	 Section 1.7.
	 	 [Reserved].
	  	 	6	 
	 Section 1.8.
	 	 Repayment of Loans
	  	 	6	 
	 Section 1.9.
	 	 Prepayments
	  	 	6	 
	 Section 1.10.
	 	 Default Rate
	  	 	7	 
	 Section 1.11.
	 	 Evidence of Indebtedness
	  	 	7	 
	 Section 1.12.
	 	 Funding Indemnity
	  	 	8	 
	 Section 1.13.
	 	 Commitment Terminations
	  	 	8	 
	 Section 1.14.
	 	 Substitution of Lenders
	  	 	9	 
	 Section 1.15.
	 	 Defaulting Lenders
	  	 	9	 
			
	SECTION 2.	 	FEES.	  	 	10	 
			
	 Section 2.1.
	 	 Fees
	  	 	10	 
			
	SECTION 3.	 	PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.	  	 	10	 
			
	 Section 3.1.
	 	 Place and Application of Payments
	  	 	10	 
			
	SECTION 4.	 	GUARANTIES[RESERVED
].	  	 	11	 
			
	 Section 4.1.
	 	 Guaranties
	  	 	11	 
	 Section 4.2.
	 	 Further Assurances
	  	 	12	 
	 Section 4.3.
	 	 Release
	  	 	12	 
			
	SECTION 5.	 	DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION.	  	 	1212	 
			
	 Section 5.1.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1212	 
	 Section 5.2.
	 	 Interpretation
	  	 	3132	 
	 Section 5.3.
	 	 Change in Accounting Principles
	  	 	3133	 
			
	SECTION 6.	 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.	  	 	3234	 
			
	 Section 6.1.
	 	 Organization and Qualification
	  	 	3234	 
	 Section 6.2.
	 	
Subsidiaries[Reserved].

	  	 	3234	 
	 Section 6.3.
	 	 Authority and Validity of Obligations
	  	 	3234	 

  

- PAGE i - 

Table of Contents

							
	 Section 6.4.
	 	 Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock
	  	 	3335	 
	 Section 6.5.
	 	 Financial Reports
	  	 	3335	 
	 Section 6.6.
	 	 No Material Adverse Change
	  	 	3435	 
	 Section 6.7.
	 	 Full Disclosure
	  	 	3435	 
	 Section 6.8.
	 	 Trademarks, Franchises, and Licenses[Reserved]
	  	 	3436	 
	 Section 6.9.
	 	 Governmental Authority and Licensing
	  	 	3436	 
	 Section 6.10.
	 	 Good Title
	  	 	3436	 
	 Section 6.11.
	 	 Litigation and Other Controversies
	  	 	3436	 
	 Section 6.12.
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	3536	 
	 Section 6.13.
	 	 Approvals
	  	 	3537	 
	 Section 6.14.
	 	 Investment Company
	  	 	3537	 
	 Section 6.15.
	 	 Benefit
Plans[Reserved]
	  	 	3537	 
	 Section 6.16.
	 	 Compliance with Laws
	  	 	3638	 
	 Section 6.17.
	 	 OFAC
	  	 	3738	 
	 Section 6.18.
	 	 FCPA; USA Patriot Act
	  	 	3739	 
	 Section 6.19.
	 	 No Default
	  	 	37	 
			
	SECTION 7.	 	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.	  	 	3739	 
			
	 Section 7.1.
	 	 Conditions to Effectiveness
	  	 	3739	 
	 Section 7.2.
	 	 Conditions to Closing
	  	 	3941	 
	 Section 7.3.
	 	 Availability
	  	 	4143	 
			
	SECTION 8.	 	COVENANTS.	  	 	4244	 
			
	 Section 8.1.
	 	 Maintenance of Business
	  	 	4244	 
	 Section 8.2.
	 	 Maintenance of Properties
	  	 	4244	 
	 Section 8.3.
	 	 Taxes and Assessments
	  	 	4244	 
	 Section 8.4.
	 	 Insurance
	  	 	4344	 
	 Section 8.5.
	 	 Financial Reports
	  	 	4345	 
	 Section 8.6.
	 	 Inspection
	  	 	4547	 
	 Section 8.7.
	 	 Borrowings and
GuarantiesDebt
	  	 	4547	 
	 Section 8.8.
	 	 Liens
	  	 	4649	 
	 Section 8.9.
	 	 [Reserved].
	  	 	4850	 
	 Section 8.10.
	 	 Mergers, Consolidations and Sales
	  	 	4851	 
	 Section 8.11.
	 	 Dividends and Certain Other Restricted Payments[Reserved]
	  	 	4951	 
	 Section 8.12.
	 	 Benefit
Plans[Reserved]
	  	 	4951	 
	 Section 8.13.
	 	 Compliance with Laws
	  	 	5154	 
	 Section 8.14.
	 	 Compliance with OFAC
Sanctions Programs and the FCPA
	  	 	5154	 
	 Section 8.15.
	 	 Burdensome Contracts With Affiliates[Reserved]
	  	 	52 55	 
	 Section 8.16.
	 	 Changes in Fiscal
Year[Reserved]
	  	 	52 55	 
	 Section 8.17.
	 	 Change in the Nature of Business[Reserved]
	  	 	52 55	 
	 Section 8.18.
	 	 Use of Proceeds
	  	 	5256	 
	 Section 8.19.
	 	 No
Restrictions[Reserved]
	  	 	52 57	 
	 Section 8.20.
	 	 Financial Covenants
	  	 	5357	 

  

- PAGE ii - 

Table of Contents

							
	SECTION 9.	 	EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.	  	 	5358	 
	 Section 9.1.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	5358	 
	 Section 9.2.
	 	 Non-Bankruptcy
Defaults
	  	 	5559	 
	 Section 9.3.
	 	 Bankruptcy Defaults
	  	 	5560	 
			
	SECTION 10.	 	CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES.	  	 	5660	 
	 Section 10.1.
	 	 Change of Law
	  	 	5660	 
	 Section 10.2.
	 	 Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain, or Inadequacy
of, LIBOR
	  	 	5660	 
	 Section 10.3.
	 	 Increased Cost and Reduced Return
	  	 	5761	 
	 Section 10.4.
	 	 Lending Offices
	  	 	5863	 
	 Section 10.5.
	 	 Discretion of Lender as to Manner of Funding
	  	 	5963	 
			
	SECTION 11.	 	THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT.	  	 	5963	 
	 Section 11.1.
	 	 Appointment and Authorization of Administrative
Agent
	  	 	5963	 
	 Section 11.2.
	 	 Administrative Agent and its Affiliates
	  	 	5963	 
	 Section 11.3.
	 	 Action by Administrative Agent
	  	 	5964	 
	 Section 11.4.
	 	 Consultation with Experts
	  	 	6064	 
	 Section 11.5.
	 	 Liability of Administrative Agent; Credit Decision
	  	 	6064	 
	 Section 11.6.
	 	 Indemnity
	  	 	6165	 
	 Section 11.7.
	 	 Resignation of Administrative Agent and Successor Administrative
Agent
	  	 	6165	 
	 Section 11.8.
	 	 Guaranty
Matters[Reserved]
	  	 	62 66	 
	 Section 11.9.
	 	 Designation of Additional Agents
	  	 	6266	 
	 Section 11.10.
	 	 The Intercreditor Agreement
	  	 	6266	 
	
Section 
11.11.
	 	 Administrative
Agent May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	67	 
			
	SECTION 12.	 	THE
GUARANTEES[Reserved].	  	 	6368	 
	 Section 12.1.
	 	 The Guarantees
	  	 	63	 
	 Section 12.2.
	 	 Guarantee Unconditional
	  	 	64	 
	 Section 12.3.
	 	 Discharge Only upon Payment in Full; Reinstatement in Certain
Circumstances
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 12.4.
	 	 Subrogation
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 12.5.
	 	 Waivers
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 12.6.
	 	 Limit on Recovery
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 12.7.
	 	 Stay of Acceleration
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 12.8.
	 	 Benefit to Guarantors
	  	 	66	 
	 Section 12.9.
	 	 Guarantor Covenants
	  	 	66	 
			
	SECTION 13.	 	MISCELLANEOUS.	  	 	6670	 
	 Section 13.1.
	 	 Taxes
	  	 	6670	 
	 Section 13.2.
	 	 No Waiver, Cumulative Remedies
	  	 	7075	 
	 Section 13.3.
	 	 Non-Business
Days
	  	 	7175	 
	 Section 13.4.
	 	 [Reserved].
	  	 	7175	 

  

- PAGE iii - 

Table of Contents

							
	 Section 13.5.
	 	 Survival of Representations
	  	 	7176	 
	 Section 13.6.
	 	 Survival of Indemnities
	  	 	7176	 
	 Section 13.7.
	 	 Sharing of
Set-Off
	  	 	7276	 
	 Section 13.8.
	 	 Notices
	  	 	7276	 
	 Section 13.9.
	 	 Counterparts; Electronic Execution
	  	 	7378	 
	 Section 13.10.
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	7478	 
	 Section 13.11.
	 	 Participants
	  	 	7478	 
	 Section 13.12.
	 	 Assignments
	  	 	7579	 
	 Section 13.13.
	 	 Amendments
	  	 	7781	 
	 Section 13.14.
	 	 Headings
	  	 	7782	 
	 Section 13.15.
	 	 Costs and Expenses; Indemnification
	  	 	7782	 
	 Section 13.16.
	 	 Set-Off
	  	 	7883	 
	 Section 13.17.
	 	 Entire Agreement
	  	 	7984	 
	 Section 13.18.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	7984	 
	 Section 13.19.
	 	 Severability of Provisions
	  	 	7984	 
	 Section 13.20.
	 	 Excess Interest
	  	 	7984	 
	 Section 13.21.
	 	 Construction
	  	 	8085	 
	 Section 13.22.
	 	 Lender’s Obligations Several
	  	 	8085	 
	 Section 13.23.
	 	 [Reserved].
	  	 	8085	 
	 Section 13.24.
	 	 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	8085	 
	 Section 13.25.
	 	 USA Patriot Act; Proceeds of Crime (Money
Laundering)
	  	 	8185	 
	 Section 13.26.
	 	 Confidentiality
	  	 	8186	 
	 Section 13.27.
	 	 Intercreditor Agreement
	  	 	8286	 
	 Section 13.28.
	 	 No Fiduciary Duty
	  	 	8287	 
		
	 Signature Page
	  	 	S-1	 

  

					
	EXHIBIT A	 	—	  	[Reserved]
	EXHIBIT B	 	—	  	Notice of Borrowing
	EXHIBIT C	 	—	  	Notice of Continuation/Conversion
	EXHIBIT D	 	—	  	Note
	EXHIBIT E	 	—	  	Compliance Certificate
	EXHIBIT F	 	—	  	Additional Guarantor Supplement[Reserved]
	EXHIBIT G	 	—	  	Assignment and Acceptance
	EXHIBIT H	 	—	  	Solvency Certificate
	Exhibit I-1	 	—	  	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships)
	Exhibit I-2	 	—	  	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships)
	Exhibit I-3	 	—	  	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships)
	Exhibit I-4	 	—	  	Form of U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships)
	SCHEDULE 1	 	—	  	Commitments
	SCHEDULE 6.2	 	—	  	Subsidiaries

  

- PAGE iv - 

Table of Contents

					
			
	 SCHEDULE 6.15(b)
	 	—	  	Canadian Benefit Plans and Canadian Pension Plans
			
	 SCHEDULE 8.7
	 	—	  	Existing Indebtedness and Guaranties

  

- PAGE v - 

Table of Contents

 TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT 

This Term Loan Credit Agreement is entered into as of March 2, 2015, by and among The J. M. Smucker Company, an Ohio corporation (the
“Borrower”), the direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party to this Agreement, as Guarantors, the several financial institutions from time to time party to this Agreement, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent as provided herein. All capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the same meanings herein as such terms are defined in Section 5.1 hereof. 
 PRELIMINARY
STATEMENT 
 Pursuant to the Blue Acquisition Agreement, the Borrower has agreed to acquire Blue Acquisition Group, Inc.
(the “Blue Acquired Business”) and its subsidiaries for the aggregate cash and stock consideration set forth in the Blue Acquisition Agreement (the “Blue Acquisition Consideration”). 

To consummate the transactions contemplated by the Blue Acquisition Agreement, the Borrower intends to (a) issue senior unsecured notes
through a public offering or in a private placement (the “Senior Notes Offering”) and/or enter into a 364-day senior unsecured bridge term loan credit facility (the “Bridge Facility”) in lieu of all or part of the
Senior Notes Offering, (b) obtain the Revolver Amendment to the Revolving Credit
Agreementan amendment to its revolving credit agreement,
(c) obtain the Term Facility on the terms and conditions set forth herein, (d) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions undertaken to consummate the Blue Acquisition and (e) repay, redeem, defease, discharge,
constructively discharge or refinance certain Debt of the Borrower and the Blue Acquired Business and/or their respective subsidiaries. 

The Lenders are willing to provide the Term Facility on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1.
THE CREDIT FACILITY. 
 Section 1.1. Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, each Lender, by its acceptance hereof, severally agrees to make a loan (each a “Loan” and collectively for all the Lenders the “Loans”) in U.S. Dollars to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount up to
the amount of such Lender’s Commitment, subject to any reductions thereof pursuant to the terms hereof, in a single drawing on the Closing Date. The Borrowing of Loans shall be made ratably from each of the Lenders in proportion to their
respective Applicable Percentage. As provided in Section 1.6(a) hereof, the Borrower may elect that each Borrowing of Loans be either Base Rate 

  
 1 

Table of Contents

 
Loans or Eurodollar Loans. Loans borrowed under this Section 1.1 and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. 

Section 1.2. [Reserved]. 

Section 1.3. [Reserved]. 

Section 1.4. Applicable Interest Rates. (a) Base Rate Loans. Each Base Rate Loan made or maintained by a Lender shall
bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and the actual days elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date such Loan is advanced, or created by conversion from a Eurodollar Loan,
until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Base Rate Margin plus the Base Rate from time to time in effect, payable by the Borrower on each Interest Payment Date and at maturity
(whether by acceleration or otherwise),; provided that interest shall not accrue on any Loan (or portion thereof) for the day such Loan (or portion) is paid as
provided in Section 3.1. 
 “Base Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the greatest of: (a) the
rate of interest publicly announced by the Administrative Agent from time to time as its “prime rate”, or its equivalent, for U.S. Dollar loans to borrowers located in the United States as in effect on such day, with any change in the
Base Rate resulting from a change in said prime rate to be effective as of opening of business on the date specified in the public announcement of the relevant change in said prime rate (it being acknowledged and agreed that such rate may not be the
Administrative Agent’s best or lowest rate, and the “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and
is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate), (b) the sum of (i) the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions
with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business
Day, such rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, such rate
for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent, plus (ii) 1/2 of 1%, and
(c) the LIBOR Quoted Rate for such day plus 1.00%; provided that if the Base Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “LIBOR Quoted
Rate” means, for any day, the LIBOR Index Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day) divided by (ii) one (1) minus the Eurodollar Reserve
Percentage. 
 (b) Eurodollar Loans. Each Eurodollar Loan made or maintained by a Lender shall bear interest during each Interest
Period it is outstanding (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date such Loan is advanced or continued, or created by conversion from a Base Rate Loan, until maturity
(whether 

  
 2 

Table of Contents

 by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the Adjusted
LIBOR applicable for such Interest Period, payable by the Borrower on each Interest Payment Date and at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise),; provided that interest shall not accrue on any Loan (or portion thereof) for
the day such Loan (or portion) is paid as provided in Section 3.1. 
 “Adjusted LIBOR” means, for any Borrowing
of Eurodollar Loans, a rate per annum determined in accordance with the following formula: 
  

							
		 	 Adjusted LIBOR            =
	  	LIBOR	  	
		 		  	1 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage	  	

 “Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means the maximum reserve percentage, expressed as a decimal,
at which reserves (including, without limitation, any emergency, marginal, special, and supplemental reserves) are imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) on “eurocurrency liabilities”, as
defined in such Board’s Regulation D (or any successor thereto), subject to any amendments of such reserve requirement by such Board or its successor, taking into account any transitional adjustments thereto. For purposes of this
definition, the relevant Loans shall be deemed to be “eurocurrency liabilities” as defined in Regulation D without benefit or credit for any prorations, exemptions or offsets under Regulation D. The Eurodollar Reserve
Percentage shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any such reserve percentage. 

“LIBOR” means, for an Interest Period for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, (a) the LIBOR Index Rate for such Interest
Period, if such rate is available, and (b) if the LIBOR Index Rate cannot be determined, the arithmetic average of the rates of interest per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) at which deposits in U.S. Dollars in
immediately available funds are offered to the Administrative Agent at 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days before the beginning of such Interest Period by three (3) or more major banks in the interbank eurodollar market
selected by the Administrative Agent, for delivery on the first day of and for a
period equal to such Interest Period and in an amount equal or comparable to the principal amount of the Eurodollar Loan scheduled to be made as part of such Borrowing; provided that if the LIBOR shall be less than zero, such rate shall be
deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement. 
 “LIBOR Index Rate” means, for any Interest Period, the rate per annum
(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point) equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the
Administrative Agent as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other page as may replace that page on that service or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative
Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion) for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period as of 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on the day two (2) Business Days before the commencement of such Interest
Period; provided that to the extent a comparable or successor 

  
 3 

Table of Contents

 
rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection herewith, the approved rate shall be chosen and applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided, further, that to the
extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such rate shall be determined in accordance with Section 10.2. 

(c) Rate Determinations. The Administrative Agent shall determine each interest rate applicable to the Loans hereunder based on the
foregoing and its determination thereof shall be conclusive and binding except in the case of manifest error. 
 Section 1.5.
Minimum Borrowing Amounts; Maximum Eurodollar Loans. Each Borrowing of Base Rate Loans shall be in an amount not less than $1,000,000 or such greater amount which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000. Each Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans
continued or converted shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or such greater amount which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000. Without the Administrative Agent’s consent, there shall not be more than ten (10) Borrowings of Eurodollar
Loans outstanding hereunder. 
 Section 1.6. Manner of Borrowing Loans and Designating Applicable Interest Rates.
(a) Notice to the Administrative Agent. To request the Borrowing on the Closing Date, the Borrower shall give notice to the Administrative Agent by no later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time): (i) at least three (3) Business
Days before the date on which the Borrower requests the Lenders to advance a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, and (ii) on the date the Borrower requests the Lenders to advance a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. The Loans included in each Borrowing
shall bear interest initially at the type of rate specified in such notice. Thereafter, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may from time to time elect to change or continue the type of interest rate borne by each Borrowing
obtained by it hereunder or, subject to the minimum amount requirement for each outstanding Borrowing set forth in Section 1.5 hereof, a ratable portion thereof, as follows: (i) if such Borrowing is of Eurodollar Loans, on the last day of
the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower may continue part or all of such Borrowing as Eurodollar Loans or convert part or all of such Borrowing into Base Rate Loans, and (ii) if the Borrowing is of Base Rate Loans, on any Business
Day, the Borrower may convert all or part of the Borrowing into Eurodollar Loans for an Interest Period or Interest Periods specified by the Borrower. The Borrower shall give all such notices requesting the advance, continuation or conversion of the
Borrowing to the Administrative Agent by telephone, telecopy, or other telecommunication device acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which notice (other than a notice requesting
the Borrowing on the Closing Date, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower by notice toincluding any
form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent prior to
the specified date of such Borrowing), acting reasonably) (which notice shall be irrevocable once given and, if by telephone, shall be promptly confirmed in writing), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (Notice of Borrowing) or Exhibit C (Notice of
Continuation/Conversion), as applicable, or in such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent (including any form on an
electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent, acting reasonably), appropriately completed and signed by an Authorized Representative of the Borrower. Notice of the continuation of the Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans for an additional Interest Period or of the conversion of part or all of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Loans must be given by no
later than 10:0011:00 a.m.
(ChicagoNew  

  
 4 

Table of Contents

 
York City time) at least
three (3) Business Days before the date of the requested continuation or conversion. All such notices concerning the advance, continuation or conversion of a Borrowing shall specify the date of the requested advance, continuation or conversion
of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of the requested Borrowing to be advanced, continued or converted, the type of Loans to comprise such new, continued or converted Borrowing and, if such Borrowing is to be comprised of
Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period applicable thereto. Upon written notice to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, in the case of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(j) or 9.1(k) hereof with respect to the
Borrower or any Principal Payment Default, without notice), no Borrowing of
Eurodollar Loans shall be advanced, continued, or created by conversion if any Event of Default then exists. The Borrower agrees that the Administrative Agent may rely on any such telephonic, telecopy, or other telecommunication notice given by any
person the Administrative Agent in good faith believes is an Authorized Representative without the necessity of independent investigation, and in the event any such notice by telephone conflicts with any written confirmation such telephonic notice
shall govern if the Administrative Agent has acted in good faith reliance thereon. 
 (b) Notice to the Lenders. The
Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephonic, telecopy or other telecommunication notice to each Lender of any notice from the Borrower received pursuant to Section 1.6(a) above and, if such notice requests the Lenders to make Eurodollar
Loans, the Administrative Agent shall give notice to the Borrower and each Lender by like means of the interest rate applicable thereto promptly after the Administrative Agent has made such determination. 

(c) Borrower’s Failure to Notify. If the Borrower fails to give notice pursuant to Section 1.6(a) above of the continuation
or conversion of any Eurodollar Loans before the last day of its then current Interest Period within the period required by Section 1.6(a) and such Borrowing is not prepaid in accordance with Section 1.9(a), such Borrowing shall
automatically be converted into a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans.  
 (d) Disbursement of Loans. Not later than 10:00 a.m. (New
York time) on the date of the requested Borrowing (or 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) if the requested Borrowing is made on a same day basis), subject to Section 7 hereof, each Lender shall make available its Loan comprising part of such Borrowing in
funds immediately available at the principal office of the Administrative Agent in Charlotte, North Carolina (or at such other location as the Administrative Agent shall designate). The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of the Borrowing
available to the Borrower at the Administrative Agent’s principal office in Charlotte, North Carolina (or at such other location as the Administrative Agent shall designate), by depositing or wire transferring such proceeds to the credit of the
account of the Borrower identified to the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the date of the Borrowing. 
 (e) Administrative Agent
Reliance on Lender Funding. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by a Lender prior to (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans requested on a same day basis, by 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on) the date on which
such Lender is scheduled to make payment to the Administrative Agent of the proceeds of a Loan (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) that such Lender does not intend to make such 

  
 5 

Table of Contents

 
payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such payment when due and the Administrative Agent may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to) make
available to the Borrower the proceeds of the Loan to be made by such Lender and, if any Lender has not in fact made such payment to the Administrative Agent, such Lender shall, on demand, pay to the Administrative Agent the amount made available to
the Borrower attributable to such Lender together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was made available to the Borrower and ending on (but excluding) the date such Lender pays such
amount to the Administrative Agent at a rate per annum equal to: (i) from the date the related advance was made by the Administrative Agent to the date two (2) Business Days after payment by such Lender is due hereunder, the Federal Funds
Rate for each such day, and (ii) from the date two (2) Business Days after the date such payment is due from such Lender to the date such payment is made by such Lender, the Base Rate in effect for each such day. If such amount is not
received from such Lender by the Administrative Agent immediately upon demand, the Borrower will, on demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the proceeds of the Loan attributable to such Lender with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to
the interest rate applicable to the relevant Loan, but without such payment being considered a payment or prepayment of a Loan under Section 1.12 hereof so that the Borrower will have no liability under such Section with respect to such
payment. 
 (f) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan
to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this
Section 11.6, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the Closing Date in Section 7.2 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof,
the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest. 

Section 1.7. [Reserved]. 

Section 1.8. Repayment of Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders,
Loans in a principal amount equal to 2.50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans made on the Closing Date on each Payment Date (which amounts shall be reduced in direct order of maturity as a result of the application of prepayments made
pursuant to Section 1.9). The remaining unpaid principal amount of the Loans will be payable on the Maturity Date. The Borrower will pay the principal amount of each Loan made to the Borrower and the accrued interest on each such Loan in U.S.
Dollars. 
 Section 1.9. Prepayments. The Borrower may prepay in whole or in part without premium or penalty (but, if in part,
then: (i) if such Borrowing is of Base Rate Loans, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 or such greater amount which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000, (ii) if such Borrowing is of Eurodollar Loans, in an amount not less than
$5,000,000 or such greater amount which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000, and (iii) in each case, in an amount such that the minimum amount required for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof remains outstanding) any Borrowing of
Eurodollar Loans on the last day of the Interest Period therefor and at any other time upon three (3) Business Days prior notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, and in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, notice delivered by
the Borrower to the Administrative Agent no later than
10:0011:00 a.m.
(ChicagoNew York City 

  
 6 

Table of Contents

 
time) on the date of prepayment (or, in each case, such shorter period of time then agreed to by the Administrative Agent), each such notice to specify the prepayment date, the Borrowing or
Borrowings to be prepaid and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that a notice of prepayment delivered by the Borrower may state that the prepayment contemplated thereby is subject to the
effectiveness or funding of other credit facilities, the completion of any debt or equity offering or the completion of any other corporate transaction or event that will provide the proceeds for such prepayment or otherwise result in such
prepayment being required hereunder. Promptly following receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the applicable Lenders of the contents thereof. Each prepayment shall be made by the payment of the principal amount to be
prepaid and accrued interest and fees thereon to the date fixed for prepayment plus, in the case of any Eurodollar Loans, any amounts due the Lenders under Section 1.12 hereof. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the
Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing and shall be applied to the scheduled payments of principal pursuant to Section 1.8 in the direct order of maturity. 

Section 1.10. Default Rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default exists, the
Borrower shall pay, after written notice from the Administrative Agent sent at the direction of the Required Lenders (provided no such notice or Required Lender direction to send such notice shall be required in the case of an Event of Default under
Section 9.1(j) or (k) or a Principal Payment Default (as defined below)), interest (after as well as before entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the principal amount of all Loans owed by it under the Loan Documents,
from the date of such written notice (or, in the case of an Event of Default under Section 9.1(j) or (k) or a Principal Payment Default, the date of such Event of Default) at a rate per annum equal to: 

(a) for any Base Rate Loan bearing interest based on the Base Rate, the sum of 2.0% plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin
plus the Base Rate from time to time in effect; and 
 (b) for any Eurodollar Loan, the sum of 2.0% plus the
rate of interest in effect thereon at the time of such default until the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto and, thereafter, at a rate per annum equal to the sum of 2.0% plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin plus the Base
Rate from time to time in effect. 
 If any principal amount of any Loan is not paid when due (a “Principal Payment Default”) such
principal amount shall bear interest at the rates specified in subsections (a) and (b) above until paid in full. While any Event of Default exists, interest as adjusted under this Section 1.10 shall be paid on demand of the
Administrative Agent at the request or with the consent of the Required Lenders. 
 Section 1.11. Evidence of Indebtedness.
(a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made to the Borrower by such Lender from time to time, including the
amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder. 

  
 7 

Table of Contents

 (b) The entries maintained in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall
be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of
the Borrower to repay its Obligations in accordance with their terms. 
 (c) Any Lender may request that its Loans to the Borrower be
evidenced by a promissory note of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit D (referred to herein as a “Note” and collectively as the “Notes”). In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender
a Note payable to such Lender or its registered assigns. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such Note or Notes and interest thereon shall at all times (including after any assignment pursuant to Section 13.12) be represented by one or more
Notes of the Borrower payable to the payee named therein or any assignee pursuant to Section 13.12, except to the extent that any such Lender or assignee subsequently returns any such Note to the Borrower for cancellation. 

Section 1.12. Funding Indemnity. If any Lender shall incur any loss, cost or expense (including, without limitation, any loss,
cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain any Eurodollar Loan or the relending or reinvesting of such
deposits or amounts paid or prepaid to such Lender) as a result of: 
 (a) any payment, prepayment or conversion of a Eurodollar Loan on a
date other than the last day of its Interest Period (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise, but excluding any prepayment or conversion required pursuant to Section 10.1), 

(b) any failure (other than due to a Lender failing to fund
aor convert a properly requested Loan when the Borrower has met the conditions of Section 7 herein) by the Borrower to borrow or continue a Eurodollar Loan, or to convert a Base Rate Loan into a Eurodollar Loan on the
date specified in a notice given pursuant to Section 1.6(a) hereof (including any notice that is subsequently revoked), or 

(c) any failure by the Borrower to make any payment of principal on any Eurodollar Loan when due (whether by acceleration or otherwise,
including when specified in a notice given pursuant to Section 1.9 hereof) then, upon the demand of such Lender, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amount as will reimburse such Lender for such loss, cost or expense. If any Lender makes
such a claim for compensation, it shall provide the Borrower, with a copy to the Administrative Agent, a certificate setting forth the amount of such loss, cost or expense in reasonable detail and the amounts shown on such certificate shall be
conclusive if reasonably deemed prime facie correct. 
 Section 1.13. Commitment Terminations. (a) Optional
Credit Terminations. The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Commitments without premium
or penalty and in whole or in part, any partial termination to be (i) in an amount not less than $10,000,000 and (ii) 

  
 8 

Table of Contents

 
allocated ratably among the Lenders in proportion to their respective Applicable Percentages. The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to each Lender of any such termination of the
Commitments. 
 (b) Mandatory Commitment Terminations. Any then outstanding Commitments shall automatically terminate on the earliest
of (i) the Termination Date, (ii) with respect to each Lender, its funding of the Loans on the Closing Date in accordance with the Loan Documents, (iii) the consummation of the Blue Acquisition without the borrowing of any Loans, and
(iv) the date that the Blue Acquisition Agreement is terminated or expires or the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that it has abandoned its pursuit of the Blue Acquisition. The Borrower shall deliver prompt written notice
to the Administrative Agent of such termination. 
 (c) Any Commitments terminated pursuant to this Section 1.13 may not be reinstated.

 Section 1.14. Substitution of Lenders. In the event (a) any Lender becomes entitled to compensation under
Section 10.3 or 13.1 hereof and such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different Lending Office in accordance with Section 10.4 or Section 13.1 that eliminates their current entitlement to compensation under
Section 10.3 or 13.1, as applicable, (b) the Borrower receives notice from any Lender of any illegality pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, (c) any Lender is then a Defaulting Lender or such Lender is a Subsidiary or Affiliate of a
Person who has been deemed insolvent or becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a receiver or conservator or like Person has been appointed for any such Person, or (d) a Lender fails to consent to an amendment or waiver
requested under Section 13.13 hereof at a time when the Required Lenders have approved such amendment or waiver (any such Lender referred to in clause (a), (b), (c), or (d) above being hereinafter referred to as an “Affected
Lender”), the Borrower may, in addition to any other rights the Borrower may have hereunder or under applicable law, require, at the Borrower’s expense, any such Affected Lender to assign, at par (and together with any accrued and unpaid fees and interest), without recourse, all of its interest,
rights, and obligations hereunder (including all of its Commitments and the Loans and other amounts at any time owing to it hereunder and the other Loan Documents) to an Eligible Assignee specified by the Borrower,;
provided that (i) such assignment is not prohibited by law, rule or regulation or order of court or other governmentgovernmental authority applicable to such Affected Lender, (ii) the Borrower shall
have paid to the Affected Lender all monies (together with amounts due such Affected Lender under Section 1.12 hereof as if the Loans owing to it were prepaid rather than assigned and any amounts due such Lender under Sections 10.3 and
13.1 hereof) other than such principal and accrued and unpaid fees and interest owing to it hereunder, (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from an entitlement to compensation under Section 10.3 or 13.1 hereof, the assignee
will be entitled to less compensation under such Section 10.3 or 13.1 than the Affected Lender, and (iv) the assignment is entered into in accordance with, and subject to the consents required by, Section 13.12 hereof (provided that
any assignment fees and reimbursable expenses due thereunder shall be paid by the Borrower (or as otherwise agreed)). 

Section 1.15. Defaulting Lenders. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any Lender at any
time is a Defaulting Lender, then (a) during any Defaulting Lender Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender 

  
 9 

Table of Contents

 
shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” for purposes of voting on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Loan Documents and such
Defaulting Lender’s Commitments shall be excluded for purposes of determining “Required Lenders” (provided that the foregoing shall not permit an increase or extension in such Lender’s Commitments or an extension of the
maturity date or postponement of the date for any scheduled payment of any principal of such Lender’s Loans or other Obligations without such Lender’s consent); and (b) such Defaulting Lender’s Commitments and outstanding Loans
shall be excluded for purposes of calculating any fee payable to Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of any day during any Defaulting Lender Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled
to receive any fee pursuant to Section 2.1 with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment in respect of any Defaulting Lender Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender. No Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or extended,
and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 1.15, performance by the Borrower of its obligations hereunder and the other Loan Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of the operation of this
Section 1.15. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 1.15 are in addition to other rights and remedies which the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender and which the Administrative Agent or any
Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender. 
 SECTION 2. FEES. 

Section 2.1. Fees. (a) Undrawn Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable
account of the Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentage, an undrawn commitment fee at the rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin on the actual daily Commitments of such Lender then outstanding. Such fee shall accrue from and
including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of (i) termination or expiration of the Commitments and (ii) the Closing Date (such earlier date, the “Fee Payment Date”). Such fee shall be due and payable on the
Fee Payment Date and shall be calculated based on the number of days (if any) elapsed in a 360-day year. 
 (b) Administrative Agent
Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own use and benefit, the Term Facility Administration Fee (as defined in the Fee Letter) on the Closing Date, and annually in advance on each anniversary of the Closing Date, so
long as the Term Facility is in effect, or as may be otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. 
 SECTION 3.
PLACE AND APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS. 
 Section 3.1. Place
and Application of Payments. All payments of principal of and interest on the Loans, and of all other Obligations payable by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall be made by the Borrower to the Administrative
Agent by no later than 12:00 p.m. Noon (New York City time) on the due date
thereof at the office of the Administrative Agent in New York City, New
YorkCharlotte, North Carolina (or such other location as the
Administrative Agent may designate to the Borrower), for the benefit of the Lender(s) entitled thereto. Any payments received after such time shall be deemed to have been received by the Administrative Agent on the next Business Day. All such
payments shall be 

  
 10 

Table of Contents

 
made in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds at the place of payment, in each case without set-off or counterclaim. The Administrative Agent will
promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of any amount payable to any Lender to such Lender, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. If the Administrative Agent causes amounts
to be distributed to the Lenders in reliance upon the assumption that the Borrower will make a scheduled payment and such scheduled payment is not so made, each Lender shall, on demand, repay to the Administrative Agent the amount distributed to
such Lender together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was distributed to such Lender and ending on (but excluding) the date such Lender repays such amount to the Administrative Agent,
at a rate per annum equal to: (i) from the date the distribution was made to the date two (2) Business Days after payment by such Lender is due hereunder, the Federal Funds Rate for each such day, and (ii) from the date two
(2) Business Days after the date such payment is due from such Lender to the date such payment is made by such Lender, the Base Rate for each such day. 

Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments and collections received in respect of the Obligations by the
Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders after acceleration or the final maturity of the Obligations shall be remitted to the Administrative Agent and distributed as follows: 

(a) first, to the payment of any outstanding costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, in protecting,
preserving or enforcing rights under the Loan Documents, and in any event including all costs and expenses of a character which the Borrower has agreed to pay the Administrative Agent under Section 13.15 hereof (such funds to be retained by the
Administrative Agent for its own account unless it has previously been reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Lenders, in which event such amounts shall be remitted to the Lenders to reimburse them for payments theretofore made to the
Administrative Agent); 
 (b) second, to the payment of any outstanding interest and fees due from the Borrower under the
Loan Documents to be allocated pro rata in accordance with the aggregate unpaid amounts owing to each holder thereof; 
 (c)
third, to the payment of principal on the Loans to be allocated pro rata in accordance with the aggregate unpaid amounts owing to each holder thereof; 

(d) fourth, to the payment of all other unpaid Obligations to be allocated pro rata in accordance with the aggregate unpaid
amounts owing to each holder thereof; and 
 (e) finally, to the Borrower or whoever else may be lawfully entitled thereto.

 SECTION 4. Guaranties[Reserved]. 

Section 4.1. Guaranties. The payment and performance of the Obligations of the Borrower shall at all times be guaranteed by each direct and indirect existing or future Domestic Subsidiary or group of Domestic
Subsidiaries (excluding, in each case, any FSHCO, unless such FSHCO shall 

  
 11 

Table of Contents

 
act as a guarantor of the Revolving Credit Agreement (as amended, amended and restated or refinanced from time to time) or any
other Material Indebtedness of the Borrower) of the Borrower that is a borrower under the Revolving Credit Agreement (as amended, amended and restated or refinanced from time to time) or that guaranties the Revolving Credit Agreement (as amended,
amended and restated or refinanced from time to time) or the payment of other Material Indebtedness of the Borrower, pursuant to Section 12 hereof or pursuant to one or more guaranty agreements in form and substance acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time (individually a “Guaranty” and collectively the “Guaranties”; and each such Subsidiary executing and delivering this
Agreement as a Guarantor (including any Subsidiary hereafter executing and delivering an Additional Guarantor Supplement in the form called for by Section 12 hereof) or a separate Guaranty being referred to herein as a
“Guarantor” and collectively the “Guarantors”).  
 Section 4.2. Further Assurances. In the event any Subsidiary is required pursuant to the terms of
Section 4.1 above to become a Guarantor hereunder, the Borrower shall cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a Guaranty or an Additional Guarantor Supplement in the form attached as Exhibit F or such other form
acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and the Borrower shall also deliver to the Administrative Agent, or cause such Subsidiary to deliver to the Administrative
Agent, at the Borrower’s cost and expense, such other instruments, documents, certificates and (to the extent delivered under the Revolving Credit Agreement)
opinions of the type delivered pursuant to Sections 7.1(b), (c), (d) and (l) on or prior to the Closing Date, to the extent reasonably required by the
Administrative Agent in connection therewith.  
 Section 4.3. Release. A Guarantor, upon delivery of written notice to the Administrative Agent by the
Borrower certifying that, after giving effect to any substantially concurrent transactions, including substantially concurrent releases of guarantees, either: (i) (a) such Guarantor is not a borrower under the Revolving Credit Agreement
(as amended from time to time) and (b) (x) such Guarantor does not guarantee the obligations of (1) any borrower under the Revolving Credit Agreement (as amended from time to time) or (2) any other Material Indebtedness of the
Borrower or (ii) such Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of the Borrower as a result of a transaction not prohibited hereunder, shall be automatically released from its obligations (including its Guaranty) hereunder without further required
action by any Person. 
 SECTION 5. Definitions; Interpretation. 

Section 5.1. Definitions. The following terms when used herein shall have the following meanings: 

“Acquired Business” means the entity or assets acquired by
the Borrower or a Subsidiary in an Acquisition, whether before or after the date hereof. 

“Acquisition” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or
indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests
or equity of any Person (other than a 

  
 12 

Table of Contents

 
Person that is a Subsidiary), or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that
is a Subsidiary) provided that the Borrower or the Subsidiary (or a Person that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) is the surviving entity. 

“Acquisition
Indebtedness” means any indebtedness of the Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries that has been issued for the purpose of
financing, in whole or in part, a Material Acquisition and any related transactions (including for the purpose of
refinancing or replacing all or a portion of any pre-existing indebtedness of the Borrower, any of its subsidiaries or the person(s) or assets to be acquired); provided that (a) the release of the proceeds thereof to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries is contingent upon the consummation of such Material Acquisition and, pending such release, such proceeds are held in escrow (and, if the definitive agreement (or, in the case of a tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive
offer document) for such acquisition is terminated prior to the consummation of such Material Acquisition or if such Material Acquisition is otherwise not consummated by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such
indebtedness, such proceeds shall be promptly applied to satisfy and discharge all
obligations of the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries in respect of such indebtedness) or (b) such indebtedness contains a “special mandatory
redemption” provision (or other similar provision) or otherwise permits such indebtedness to be redeemed or prepaid if such Material Acquisition is not consummated by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such
indebtedness (and if the definitive agreement (or, in the case of a
tender offer or similar transaction, the definitive offer document) for such Material Acquisition is terminated in
accordance with its terms prior to the consummation of such Material Acquisition or such Material Acquisition is otherwise not consummated by the date specified in the definitive documentation relating to such indebtedness, such indebtedness is so
redeemed or prepaid within 90 days of such termination or such specified date, as the case may be).  

“Adjusted LIBOR” is defined in Section 1.4(b) hereof. 

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent hereunder, and any successor in
such capacity pursuant to Section 11.7 hereof. 
 “Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire
in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent. 
 “Affected Lender” is defined in Section 1.14 hereof. 

“Affiliate” means any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control
with, another Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person for purposes of this definition if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the other
Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, common directors, trustees or officers, by contract or otherwise. 

“Agent PartyParties” is defined in Section 13.8 hereof. 

  
 13 

Table of Contents

 “Agreement” means this Term Loan Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended,
modified, restated or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. 
 “Amendment No. 1” means the amendment to this Agreement dated as of September 1, 2017 by and among the Borrower, the
Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto. 

“Amendment
No. 1 Effective Date” means September 1, 2017.

 “Applicable Base Rate Margin” means the Applicable Margin applicable to Eurodollar Loans minus
1.0%. 
 “Applicable Margin” means, (a) with respect to Base Rate Loans, the Applicable Base Rate Margin and
(b) with respect to Eurodollar Loans and the undrawn commitment fees payable under Section 2.1(a) hereof, until the first Pricing Date, the rates per annum shown opposite Level III below, and thereafter from one Pricing Date to the next,
the rates per annum determined in accordance with the following schedule: 
  

											
	LEVEL	  	RATINGS
(S&P/MOODY’S)	  	APPLICABLE
MARGIN FOR
EURODOLLAR
LOANS SHALL
BE:	 	 	APPLICABLE
MARGIN FOR
UNDRAWN
COMMITMENT FEE
SHALL BE:	 
	 V
	  	Less than BBB-/Baa3	  	 	1.75	% 	 	 	0.175	% 
	 IV
	  	BBB-/Baa3	  	 	1.50	% 	 	 	0.150	% 
	 III
	  	BBB/Baa2	  	 	1.25	% 	 	 	0.125	% 
	 II
	  	BBB+/Baa1	  	 	1.125	% 	 	 	0.10	% 
	 I
	  	Greater than or equal to A-/A3	  	 	1.00	% 	 	 	0.075	% 

 For purposes hereof, the
(a) term “Rating” means the rating assigned by S&P or
Moody’s to the Borrower’s long-term unsecured senior Debt, and
(b) the term “Pricing Date” means any date after the
Effective Date on which any Rating is changed, withdrawn, suspended or otherwise unavailable for any reason. The Applicable Margin shall be established based on the Ratings in effect from time to time and the Applicable Margin established on a
Pricing Date shall remain in effect until the next Pricing Date,; provided, however that (a) if both S&P and Moody’s establish a Rating and the Ratings
are in adjoining Levels, the Rating in the higher Level will apply, (b) if both S&P and Moody’s establish a Rating and the Ratings differ by more than one Level, the Rating that is one Level higher than the lowest Level will apply,
(c) if there is only one Rating, the Rating that is one Level lower than such Rating will apply, and (d) if there are no Ratings, Level V shall apply. Any change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change, withdrawal, suspension or
unavailability of a Rating shall be and become effective as of and on the date of the announcement of the change, withdrawal, suspension or unavailability of such Rating. Each 

  
 14 

Table of Contents

 
determination of the Applicable Margin made by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the foregoing shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders absent demonstrable error.

 “Applicable Percentage” means, for each Lender, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the aggregate
Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment or, if the Commitments have been terminated, the percentage held by such Lender of the aggregate principal amount of all Loans then outstanding. 

“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or
(c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender. 
 “Assignment and Acceptance” means
an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and
itsan permitted assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 13.12 hereof), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit G or any other form
approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. 
 “Authorized Representative” means those persons shown on
the list of officers provided by the Borrower pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof or on any update of any such list provided by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, or any further or different officers of the Borrower so named by any previously named Authorized Representative of the Borrower in a written notice to the
Administrative Agent. 
 “Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. 

“Base Rate” is defined in Section 1.4(a) hereof. 

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate specified in Section 1.4(a) hereof. 

“Basel III Rules” is defined in Section 10.1 hereof. 

“Blue Acquired Business” is defined in the Preliminary Statements hereto. 

“Blue Acquisition” means the acquisition of Blue Acquired Business by the Borrower and certain merger subsidiaries pursuant
to the Blue Acquisition Agreement. 
 “Blue Acquisition Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
February 3, 2015, governing the acquisition of Blue Acquired Business by the Borrower and certain merger subsidiaries, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified. 

“Blue Acquisition Agreement Representations” means the representations made by or with respect to the Blue Acquired Business
and its subsidiaries in the Blue Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Borrower (or a Subsidiary thereof) has the right to terminate its obligations under the Blue Acquisition

  
 15 

Table of Contents

 
Agreement, or to decline to consummate the Blue Acquisition pursuant to the Blue Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations in the Blue Acquisition Agreement. 

“Blue Acquisition Consideration” is defined in the Preliminary Statements hereto. 

“Blue Acquisition Shareholders’ Agreement” means any agreement entered into by the Borrower and one or more shareholders
in connection with the Blue Acquisition. 
 “Blue Material Adverse Effect” means any change, event, fact, effect or
occurrence that individually or in the aggregate with all other changes, events, facts, effects or occurrences, has, or would reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the financial condition, business, assets or results of
operations of the Blue Acquired Business (as defined herein) and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that in determining whether there has been a Blue Material Adverse Effect (as defined herein) or whether a Blue Material Adverse
Effect could or would occur, any change, event, fact, effect or occurrence to the extent attributable to, arising out of, or resulting from any of the following shall be disregarded: (i) general political, economic, business, industry, credit,
financial or capital market conditions in the United States or internationally, including conditions affecting generally the principal industries in which the Blue Acquired Business and its Subsidiaries operate; (ii) the taking of any action
expressly required by the Blue Acquisition Agreement (as defined herein); (iii) the announcement of the Blue Acquisition Agreement or the consummation of the Mergers (as defined in the Blue Acquisition Agreement) including any termination of,
reduction in or similar negative impact on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with any customers, suppliers, distributors, partners, sales representatives or employees of the Blue Acquired Business or its Subsidiaries, in each case to the
extent attributable to, arising out of or resulting from the announcement of the Blue Acquisition Agreement or pendency of the Mergers (as defined in the Blue Acquisition Agreement); (iv) the taking of any action expressly with the prior
written approval of the Borrower (as defined herein); (v) pandemics, earthquakes, tornados, hurricanes, floods and acts of God; (vi) acts of war (whether declared or not declared), sabotage, terrorism, military actions or the escalation
thereof; (vii) any change in applicable Law or GAAP (or authoritative interpretation or enforcement thereof) which is proposed, approved or enacted on or after February 3, 2015; and (viii) the failure, in and of itself, of the Blue
Acquired Business to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts, estimates or predictions in respect of revenues, earnings or other financial or operating metrics before, on or after February 3, 2015 (it being understood that the
underlying facts giving rise or contributing to such change may be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Blue Material Adverse Effect); provided, further, that changes, events, facts, effects or occurrences set
forth in clauses (i), (v), (vi) or (vii) may be taken into account in determining whether there has been, could or would be a Blue Material Adverse Effect to the extent such changes, events, facts, effects or occurrences disproportionately
adversely affect the Blue Acquired Business and its Subsidiaries, taken as whole, in relation to other Persons in the principal industries in which the Blue Acquired Business and its Subsidiaries operate. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in
this definition, capitalized terms used in the foregoing definition shall have the meanings given such terms by the Blue Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 3, 2015. 

  
 16 

Table of Contents

 “Blue Transactions” means, collectively, (i) the consummation of the Blue
Acquisition, (ii) the Borrower’s incurrence, replacement, redemption, repayment, defeasance, discharge, constructive discharge or refinancing of Debt (including Debt of the Borrower and Blue Acquired Business and their respective
subsidiaries) in connection therewith and (iii) the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing. 

“Borrower” is defined in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement. 

“Borrower Materials” is defined in Section 8.5. 

“Borrowing” means the total of Loans of a single type advanced, continued for an additional Interest Period, or converted
from a different type into such type by the Lenders on a single date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, for a single Interest Period. Borrowings of Loans are made and maintained ratably from each of the Lenders according to their Applicable
Percentages. A Borrowing is “advanced” on the day Lenders advance funds comprising such Borrowing to the Borrower, is “continued” on the date a new Interest Period for the same type of Loans commences for such
Borrowing, and is “converted” when such Borrowing is changed from one type of Loans to the other, all as determined pursuant to Section 1.6 hereof. 

“Bridge Commitment Letter” means the Commitment Letter in respect of the Bridge Facility dated as of February 3, 2015,
among the Borrower, Bank of America and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. 
 “Bridge Credit
Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated March 2, 2015, among the Borrower, Bank of America, as the administrative agent, the lenders party thereto and the guarantors party thereto. 

“Bridge Facility” means that certain 364-day senior unsecured bridge term loan credit facility made available under the
Bridge Credit Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are not
authorized or required to close in New York City, New York and, if the applicable Business Day relates to the advance or continuation of, or conversion into, or payment of a Eurodollar Loan, on which banks are dealing in U.S. Dollar deposits in
the interbank eurodollar market in London, England. 
 “Canadian
Benefit Plan” means a plan, fund, program, or policy, formal or informal, funded or unfunded, insured or uninsured, providing employee benefits, including medical, hospital care, dental, sickness, accident, disability, life insurance,
pension, retirement, fringe, incentive, supplemental, change of control or savings benefits, governed by Canadian law, under which the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has any liability or contingent liability with respect to any employee or
former employee, but excluding any Canadian Pension Plan. 

“Canadian Pension Plan” means a pension plan required to be registered under Canadian federal or provincial law that is
maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries for their employees or former employees, or that the Borrower or one of its 

  
 17 

Table of Contents

 
Subsidiaries have any liability or contingent liability, but does not include the Canada Pension Plan or the Quebec Pension Plan as maintained by the Government of Canada or the Province of
Quebec, respectively. 
 “Capital Lease” means any lease of Property which in accordance with GAAP is required to be
capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, for any Person, the amount of the
liability shown on the balance sheet of such Person in respect of a Capital Lease determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Change of
Control” means 
 (a) the acquisition of ownership or voting control, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record,
on or after the Effective Date, by any Person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), as then in effect), of shares
representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate Ordinary Voting Power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to acquisitions of capital
stock by the Smucker Family so long as the acquisition by the Smucker Family of such Voting Power shall not result, directly or indirectly, in a “going private transaction” within the meaning of the 1934 Act; 

(b) the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons
who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; 

(c) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in a
single transaction or a series of related transactions, to any person (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Commission under the 1934 Act, as in effect on the Effective Date) or related persons constituting a group (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Commission under the 1934 Act, as in effect on the Effective Date), in each case, other than to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or

 (d) the occurrence of a change in control, or other similar provision, as defined in any agreement or indenture relating
to any other issue of Material Indebtedness of the Borrower, the result of which is to cause such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity. 
 For purposes of this definition,
“Ordinary Voting Power” means the aggregate voting power attributable to all shares of Voting Stock of the Borrower for purposes of electing directors of the Borrower; “Voting Stock” means shares of capital stock of
any class or classes of a Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to elect corporate directors (or Persons performing similar functions); and “Smucker Family” means

  
 18 

Table of Contents

 
Timothy P. Smucker, Richard K. Smucker, Susan Smucker Wagstaff and Marcella Smucker Clark, and any member of their immediate families, heirs, legatees, descendants and blood relatives to the
fifth degree of consanguinity of such individual, or any trustees or trusts (or other entity created for estate planning purposes) established for their benefit or the benefit of the members of their immediate families and lineal descendants. 

“Closing Date” means the date on which each condition described in Section 7.2 shall be satisfied (or waived in
accordance with Section 13.13). 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor
statute thereto. 
 “Commitment” and “Commitments” means, as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender
to make Loans on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, as the same may be reduced or modified at any time or
from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the aggregate Commitments of the Lenders are $1,750,000,000 on the date hereof. 

“Consolidated Funded Debt” means the aggregate outstanding amount of all Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which by
its terms matures, or which is otherwise payable or unpaid, one year or more from, or is directly or indirectly renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor to a date one year or more from the date of the creation thereof, after eliminating
all offsetting debits and credits between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and all other items required to be eliminated in the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Worth” means, at any time, 

(a) the sum of (i) the par value (or value stated on the books of the corporation) of the capital stock (but excluding treasury stock,
capital stock subscribed and unissued and Preferred Stock redeemable prior to the Maturity Date) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries plus (ii) the amount of the paid-in capital and retained earnings of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in
each case as such amounts would be shown on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such time prepared in accordance with GAAP, minus 

(b) to the extent included in clause (a), all amounts properly attributable to minority interests, if any, in the stock and surplus of
Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean,
at any time, all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating all amounts properly attributable to minority interests, if any, in the stock and surplus of
Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated Total Capitalization” means
the sum of Consolidated Net Worth and Consolidated Funded Debt. 

  
 19 

Table of Contents

 “Credit Event”
means the advancing of any Loan. 
 “Debt” means for any Person (without duplication) (a) all obligations
of such Person for money borrowed (including by the issuance of debt securities), (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
business), (c) all obligations of the types described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) of others secured by any Lien upon Property of or Guaranteed by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed such indebtednessobligations, and (d) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person. 

“Default” means any event or condition the occurrence of which would, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or
both, constitute an Event of Default. 
 “Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion
of the Loans on the date such Loans were required to be funded by it hereunder; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (a) upon satisfying its obligation to fund such portion of the Loan,
(b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or
unless such failure has been cured, (c) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend
credit, unless such notification or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on the Administrative Agent’s determination that a condition precedent to funding has
not been satisfied, (d) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request of the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as
applicable, that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, which request was made because of a reasonable concern by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower that such Lender may not be able to comply with its funding obligations
hereunder; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (d) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, as applicable or (e) has, or has a direct
or indirect parent that has, (i) been deemed insolvent or become the subject
of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or (ii) a receiver or conservator has been appointed for such Lender or its direct or
indirect parent company; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental
Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such
Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses
(a) through (e) above, and of the effective date of such status, shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender as of the date established therefor by the Administrative
Agent in a written notice of such determination, which shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and each Lender promptly following such determination. 

  
 20 

Table of Contents

 “Defaulting Lender Period” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the
period commencing on the date upon which such Lender first became a Defaulting Lender and ending on the following date: (i) in the case of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of the definition thereof, the date on which
all Commitments are cancelled or terminated and no Loans are outstanding, (ii) in the case of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (c) or (d) of the definition thereof, the date on which such Defaulting Lender shall have delivered
to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a written reaffirmation of its intention to honor its obligations hereunder with respect to its Commitments and other obligations hereunder and (iii) in the case of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to
clause (e) of the definition thereof, the date on which (a) such Defaulting Lender (or its direct or indirect parent, as applicable) is no longer insolvent, the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or, if applicable, under the
direction of a receiver or conservator. 
 “Dodd-Frank Act” is defined in Section 10.1 hereof. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is
not a Foreign Subsidiaryorganized under the laws of the
United States of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia. 
 “EBITDA” means, with reference to any period, Net
Income for such period plus all amounts deducted in arriving at such Net Income amount in respect of (a) Interest Expense for such period, (b) federal, state, and local income taxes for such period, (c) depreciation and
amortization expense for such period, (d) non-cash share based compensation expense, (e) non-cash losses,
impairment and other non-cash expenses, losses
andsimilar charges (other than those representing a reserve for or
an actual cash item in any future period) for such period, (ef)
(i) all non-recurring fees and expenses in
connection with the Blue Transactions (including the prepayment, repayment or retirement of Debt in connection therewith), limited to $250,000,000 in the aggregate and (ii) any other non-recurring charges and expenses in connection with any
other Acquisitionsincurred during such period for Acquisitions, dispositions, investments and debt or equity
issuances (whether or not successful)
andduring such period, and
(g) other extraordinary, unusual, non-recurring or one-time cash
expenses, losses and charges for such period limited, in case of this clause (e)(ii), to $125,000,000 in any period of
twelve (12) consecutive months, (f), including restructuring,
merger and integration costs in connection with the Blue Transactions, limited, in the case of
cash merger and integration costs, to $200,000,000 in the aggregate, and (g) cash restructuring charges limited to $25,000,000 in the aggregatecharges, not to exceed (i) $150,000,000 in any four fiscal quarter period and (ii) $300,000,000 in the aggregate since the quarter
in which the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date occurred, minus (h) all non-cash gains for such period; provided, that the EBITDA for any Acquired Businessentity or assets acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to an Acquisition
(including restructuring charges, operating synergies or other expense reductions and adjustments permitted by Article XI of Regulation
S-X promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission) during such period shall be included on a pro forma basis for such period (as determined in good faith by the Borrower, assuming the consummation of such
acquisition and the incurrence or assumption of any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Borrower and its Subsidiariesor any Subsidiary in connection therewith incurred as of the first day of such period),
and provided further that the EBITDA for any
entity, business line or 

  
 21 

Table of Contents

 
business unit sold by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be deducted on a pro forma basis for such period (assuming the consummation of such sale or other disposition occurred on the first day of such period). 

“Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions precedent in Section 7.1 are satisfied (or waived in accordance
with Section 13.13). 
 “Eligible Assignee” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate (engaged in the business of
making commercial loans) of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund, and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee”
shall not include the Borrower or any Guarantor or any of the Borrower’s or such Guarantor’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries. 

“Environmental Law” means any current or future obligation under common law or any current or future Legal Requirement
pertaining to (a) the protection of health, safety and the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) the conservation, management or use of natural resources and wildlife, (c) the protection or use of surface water or groundwater,
(d) the management, manufacture, possession, presence, use, generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, Release, threatened Release, abatement, removal, remediation or handling of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material or
(e) pollution (including any Release to air, land, surface water or groundwater), and any amendment, rule, regulation, order or directive issued thereunder. 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor statute thereto and any
regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder, in each case as amended from time to time. 
 “ERISA Affiliate” means any
trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code. 

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal
under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan
is in reorganization, or is “insolvent”
(within the meaning of
Section 4245 of ERISA) or determined to be in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning
of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 or ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan amendment as a
termination under Section 4041(c) or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of
ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or
(f) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard
of Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan, or the filing of any request for or receipt of a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code with respect to any
Pension Plan; or

  
 22 

Table of Contents

 
(g) the imposition of
any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate. 

“Eurodollar Loan” means a Loan bearing interest at the rate specified in Section 1.4(b) hereof. 

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” is defined in Section 1.4(b) hereof. 

“Event of Default” means any event or condition identified as such in Section 9.1 hereof. 

“Excess Interest” is defined in Section 13.20 hereof. 

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however
denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits or similar Taxes, in each case, (A) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its Lending Office
located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (B) that are Other Connection Taxes, (ii) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of
such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (A) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the
Borrower under Section 1.14) or (B) such Lender changes its Lending Office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 13.1(a)(ii) or Section 13.1(c), amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to
such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its Lending Office, (iii) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 13.1(e)
and (iv) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA. 
 “FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of
the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof (including any
Revenue Ruling, Revenue Procedure, Notice or similar guidance issued by the IRS thereunder as a precondition to relief or exemption from Taxes under such provisions) and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code. 

“FCPA” is defined in Section 6.18 hereof. 

“Fee Letter” means that certain Term Facility Fee Letter dated as of February 3, 2015, among the Borrower, Bank of
America, N.A. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. 
 “Fee Payment Date” is defined in
Section 2.1 hereof. 
 “Federal Funds Rate” means the fluctuating interest rate per annum described in part
(i) of clause (b) of the definition of Base Rate appearing in Section 1.4(a) hereof. 

  
 23 

Table of Contents

 “Foreign Lender” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary which is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States
of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia. 

“FSHCO” means any Domestic Subsidiary that owns no material
assets other than the equity interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of
Section 957(a) of the Code and/or of one or more FSHCOs. 

“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or
otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business. 
 “GAAP”
means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination. 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States, Canada or any other nation, or of any political
subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or
functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank). 
 “Guarantee” means to guarantee or otherwise be or become liable as endorser, guarantor, surety or otherwise for any
Debt of any other Person (including the Borrower or
Subsidiary) or otherwise agree to provide funds for payment of the obligations of another in respect of Debt of such other Person, or to supply funds to or invest in any Person for the purpose of assuring a creditor in respect of Debt of such Person against loss. 

“Guarantor”
shall have the meaning assigned to such term in this Agreement (prior to giving effect to Amendment No. 1). 

“Guarantor” and “Guarantors” each is
defined in Section 4.1 hereof. 
 “Guaranty” and “Guaranties” each is defined in Section 4.1 hereof. 

“Hazardous Material” means any substance, chemical, compound, product, solid, gas, liquid, waste, byproduct, pollutant,
contaminant or material which is hazardous or toxic, and includes, without limitation, (a) asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and (b) any material classified or regulated as
“hazardous” or “toxic” or words of like import pursuant to an Environmental Law. 

  
 24 

Table of Contents

 “Increased Deficit” is defined in
Section 8.12(b)(ii) hereof. 
 “Indebtedness for Borrowed Money” means for any Person (without
duplication) (a) all obligations of such Person for money borrowed (including by the issuance of debt securities), (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts
payable arising in the ordinary course of business), (c) all obligations of others of the types described in the foregoing clauses
(a) and (b) or the following clauses (d) and (e) secured by any Lien upon Property of
or Guaranteed by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed such
indebtedness, (d) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, and (e) all obligations of such Person constituting reimbursement obligations of such Person with respect to drawn letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances issued
for the account of such Person. 
 “Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 13.15(b). 

“Indemnified Taxes” means (i) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on
account of any obligation of any Loan Partythe
Borrower under any Loan Document and (ii) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (i) above, Other Taxes. 

“Information” is defined in Section 13.26 hereof. 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement dated as of June 11,
2010, among the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, and the holders of the Borrower’s notes described therein, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof. 

“Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the ratio of EBITDA of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such fiscal quarter to Interest Expense payable in cash of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case for the period of four fiscal quarters then ended. 

“Interest Expense” means, with reference to any period, the sum of all interest charges of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means (a) with
respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last Business Day of each Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and on the Maturity Date and, if the applicable Interest Period is longer than (3) three months, on each day occurring every
three (3) months after the commencement of such Interest Period, and (b) with respect to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of every January, April, July and October and on the Maturity Date. 

“Interest Period” means the period commencing on the date a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans is advanced, continued, or created
by conversion and ending in the case of Eurodollar Loans, 1, 2, 3, or 6 months thereafter, provided, however, that: 

  
 25 

Table of Contents

 (i) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date; 

(ii) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, the last day of such
Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day,; provided that, if such extension would cause the last day of an Interest Period for a
Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans to occur in the following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall be the immediately preceding Business Day; and 

(iii) for purposes of determining an Interest Period for a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, a month means a period starting on
one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month; provided, however, that if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which such an Interest Period is to end or if such an
Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, then such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month in which such Interest Period is to end. 

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service. 

“Lead Arrangers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Bank of
Montreal and PNC Bank, National Association. 
 “Legal Requirement” means any treaty, convention, statute, law, regulation,
ordinance, license, permit, governmental approval, injunction, judgment, order, consent decree or any directive, policy or guideline of any Governmental Authority having the force of law or other requirement of any Governmental Authority, whether
federal, state, or local. 
 “Lenders” means and includes Bank of America and the other financial institutions from time to
time party to this Agreement, including each Person set forth on Schedule 1 and each permitted assignee that becomes a Lender
pursuant to Section 13.12 hereof. 
 “Lending Office” is defined in Section 10.4 hereof. 

“LIBOR” is defined in Section 1.4(b) hereof. 

“LIBOR Index Rate” is defined in Section 1.4(b) hereof. 

“LIBOR Quoted Rate” is defined in Section 1.4(a) hereof. 

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, hypothec, charge or encumbrance of any kind in respect of any
Property, including the interests of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale, Capital Lease or other title retention arrangement and any trust that secures payment of an obligation. 

“Loan” is defined in Section 1.1 hereof and, as so defined, includes a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Loan, each of which
is a “type” of Loan hereunder. 

  
 26 

Table of Contents

 “Loan Documents” means this Agreement (and any amendments hereto), the Notes (if
any), the Guaranties (if any, evidenced by an agreement other than this Agreement), and each other instrument or document to
be delivered by a Loan Party hereunder or thereunder or otherwise in connection therewith. 
 “Loan Party” means the Borrower and each Guarantor. 

“Major Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has at such time total assets as determined in accordance with GAAP (after
intercompany eliminations) exceeding $250,000,000. 

“Material
Acquisition” means any Acquisition the total consideration for which is equal to or greater than U.S.$250,000,000. 

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or material adverse effect upon,on (a) the business, financial condition, results of operations,
assets or Propertiesbusiness or
property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or
(b) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
to perform its material obligations under any Loan Document or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or
enforceabilitythe rights of or remedies available to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent against the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Loan Document or the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunderunder the Loan Documents,
taken as a whole. 

“Material Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money with an individual principal balance in excess of
$150,000,000. 
 “Maturity Date” means the date that is five years after the Closing Date. 

“Maximum Rate” is defined in Section 13.20 hereof. 

“Merger”
means a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or arrangement. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Multiemployer Plan” means any
“employee benefit plan” of the type described in Section 400l(a)(3) of ERISA that is subject to
Title IV of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions. 

“Net Income” means, with reference to any period, the net income (or net loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such
period computed on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from Net Income (a) the net income (or net loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of, or has merged
into or consolidated with, the Borrower or another Subsidiary, and (b) the net income (or net loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an

  
 27 

Table of Contents

 
equity interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during such period. 

“New Valuation Report” is defined in
Section 8.12(b)(ii) hereof. 
 “Note” and
“Notes” each is defined in Section 1.11 hereof. 
 “Obligations” means, with respect to the Borrower,
all obligations of the Borrower to pay principal and interest on the Loans, all fees and charges payable hereunder, and all other payment obligations of the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries arising under or in relation to any Loan
Document, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, due or to become due, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and howsoever evidenced, held or acquired. 

“OFAC” means the United States Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. 

“OFAC Event” means the event specified in Section 8.14 hereof. 

“OFAC Sanctions Programs” means all laws, regulations, and Executive Orders administered by OFAC, including without
limitation, the Bank Secrecy Act, anti-money laundering laws (including, without limitation, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept
and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. 107-56 (a/k/a the USA Patriot Act)), and all economic and trade sanction programs administered by OFAC, any and all similar United States federal laws, regulations
or Executive Orders, and any similar laws, regulators or orders adopted by any State within the United States. 
 “OFAC SDN
List” means the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC. 
 “Operating
Subsidiary” is defined in Section 7.2(e) hereof. 
 “Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any
Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of such Recipient engaging or having engaged in a trade or business in the jurisdiction imposing such Tax or any other present or former connection between such Recipient and such jurisdiction;
provided, that no such Recipient shall be deemed to be engaged in a trade or business in, or to have any other connection with, any jurisdiction solely as a result of such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party
to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document
pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 1.14. 
 “Other Taxes” means all present or future
stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest
under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made 

  
 28 

Table of Contents

 
pursuant to Section 1.14 or
Section 13.113.12). Other Taxes shall not include any Taxes imposed on, or measured by reference to, gross income, net income or gain. 

“Participant Register” is defined in Section 13.11 hereof. 

“Patriot Act” is defined in Section 6.18
hereof. 
 “Payment Date” means the last Business Day of
each January, April, July and October, commencing with the last Business Day of the third full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date. 

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any Person succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

 “Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of
ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, (1) that is subject to Title IV
of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or (2) with respect to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the
immediately preceding five plan years. 
 “Permanent
Financing” means an issuance of senior unsecured notes through a public offering or in a private placement and/or entry into one or more unsecured term loan credit facilities, in each case the proceeds of which are used to consummate the
Blue Transactions or to refinance or replace the Bridge Facility or any other interim financing for the Blue Transactions. 

“Permitted Assignee” is defined in the Bridge Commitment
Letter.  
 “Person” means an individual, partnership,
corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization, including a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such
term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to ERISA and is established solely by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA
Affiliate. 
 “Platform” is defined in Section 8.5.

 “Preferred Stock” means any class of capital stock of the Borrower that is preferred over any other class of capital
stock of the Borrower as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of the Borrower. 

“Principal Payment Default” is defined in Section 1.10 hereof. 

  
 29 

Table of Contents

 “Priority Debt” means all Debt of Subsidiaries other than (a) any such indebtedness held by the Borrower or another Subsidiary or (b) any such indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor. 

“Private Placement Notes” means any and all notes issued by the Borrower under (i) that certain Note Purchase Agreement
dated May 31, 2007 (as amended), relating to the $400,000,000 5.55% senior notes due April 1, 2022, (ii) that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated October 23, 2008 (as amended), relating to $376,000,000 6.63% senior notes due
November 1, 2018 and $24,000,000 6.12% senior notes due November 1, 2015, and (iii) that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated June 15, 2010 (as amended), relating to $400,000,000 4.50% senior notes due June 1, 2025. 

“Property” means, as to any Person, all types of real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed property owned by such Person
whether or not included in the most recent balance sheet of such Person and its
subsidiariesSubsidiaries under GAAP. 
 “Recipient” means the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any
other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan
Partythe Borrower hereunder. 

“Register” is defined in Section 13.12(b) hereof. 

“Related Person” of an Indemnified Person means (a) any controlling person, controlled affiliate or subsidiary of such
Indemnified Person, (b) the respective directors, officers or employees of such Indemnified Person or any of its subsidiaries, controlled affiliates or controlling persons and (c) the respective agents and advisors of such Indemnified
Person or any of its subsidiaries, controlled affiliates or controlling persons. 
 “Release” means any spilling, leaking,
pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, migration, dumping, or disposing into the indoor or outdoor environment, including, without limitation, the abandonment or discarding of barrels, drums, containers,
tanks or other receptacles containing or previously containing any Hazardous Material. 
 “Reportable Event” means any of
the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived. 

“Required Lenders” means, as of the date of determination thereof, Lenders whose outstanding Loans and Commitments constitute
more than 50% of the sum of the total outstanding Loans and Commitments of the Lenders. 
 “Restricted Payment” is defined in Section 8.11 hereof. 

“Revolver Amendment” means that certain Amendment
No. 1 to the Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2015.  

  
 30 

Table of Contents

 “Revolving Credit Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and RestatedRevolving Credit Agreement, dated as of September
61, 2013, as amended by the Revolver Amendment,
between2017, by and among the Borrower, Smucker Foods of Canada
Corp., the administrative agent party thereto,
and the lenders party thereto and the guarantors party thereto.

 “Sanctions” is defined in
Section 6.17(d) hereof. 

“Securities Act” is defined in Section 7.2(e)
hereof. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s
Ratings Services Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 
 “Specified Blue
Acquisition Representations” means collectively, the representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in Section 6.1(a), 6.2(a) (but only with respect to the Guarantors), 6.3(a), 6.3(b), 6.3(c)(ii)(y),
6.3(c)(iii) (as if each reference therein to “Material Indebtedness” included credit facilities having an aggregate committed amount in excess of $150,000,000), 6.4, 6.14, 6.18(a) and 6.19. 

“Specified Subsidiaries” means Smucker Foods of Canada
Corp., the Guarantors, Smucker Sales and Distribution Company and Smucker Services Company, but only for such time that any such Person is a Subsidiary of the
Borrower. 

“Subsidiary” means, as to any particular parent corporation or organization, any other corporation or organization more than
50% of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such parent corporation or organization or by any one or more other entities which are themselves
subsidiaries Subsidiaries (within the meaning of this
definition) of such parent corporation or organization. Unless
otherwise expressly noted herein, the term “Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Borrower or of any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries. 

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding),
assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto. 

“Term Facility” means the credit facility for making Loans described in Section 1.1 hereof. 

“Termination Date” means the “Termination Date” as defined in the Blue Acquisition Agreement as in effect on
February 3, 2015, including as extended in accordance with Section 8.1(b) of the Blue Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 3, 2015. 

“Total Funded Debt” means, at any time the same is to be determined, the sum (but without duplication), after eliminating all
offsetting debits and credits between the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and all other items required to be eliminated in the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, of
(a) all 

  
 31 

Table of Contents

 
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such time, and (b) all Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of any other Person which is directly or indirectly guaranteedGuaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or which the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has agreed (contingently or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire or in respect of which the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries has otherwise assured a creditor against loss. 

“Total Leverage Ratio” means, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, the ratio of Total Funded Debt of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such fiscal quarter to EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters then ended, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension
Plan’s benefit liabilities over the value of assets of the Pension Plan. For this purpose, the benefit liabilities of a Pension Plan for a plan year shall be the Pension Plan’s “funding target” determined under
Section 430(d)(1) of the Code (without regard to Section 430(i)(1) of the Code) for the plan year, and the value of the assets for such plan year shall be such value as is used pursuant to Section 430 of the Code for purposes of
determining the annual contribution requirements with respect to the Pension Plan for such plan year. 

“USA Patriot
Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L.
107-56. 

“U.S.
Dollars”, “U.S.$” and “$” each means
the lawful currency of the United States of America. 
 “U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States
Personperson” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. 
 “Voting Stock” of
any Person means capital stock or other equity interests of any class or classes (however designated) having ordinary power for the election of directors or other similar
position on a governing body of such Person, other than stock or other equity
interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency. 
 “Welfare Plan” means a “welfare plan” as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA. 

“Wholly-owned
Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of which all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares as required by law) or other equity interests are owned by the Borrower and/or one or more Wholly-owned Subsidiaries or the Borrower within the meaning of this definition. 

Section 5.2. Interpretation . The foregoing definitions are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms
defined. The words “hereof”, “herein”, and “hereunder” and words of like import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement. All references to time of day herein are references to Chicago,
IllinoisNew York City time unless otherwise specifically provided.

  
 32 

Table of Contents

 
Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for
the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done in accordance with GAAP except where such principles are inconsistent with the specific provisions of this Agreement. References to “knowledge” of a Loan Party orthe Borrower or other Person means the actual knowledge of officers of such Person with responsibility for the relevant subject matter. Unless the context requires otherwise, any definition of or reference to any agreement
(including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, amended and restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein). 
 For purposes
of the definitions of Debt and Indebtedness for Borrowed Money, any Debt or Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of which a notice of prepayment or redemption has been delivered in connection with the
Blue Transactions and for which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has deposited cash with or for the benefit of the trustee or holder of such Debt or Indebtedness for Borrowed Money to fund such repayment or redemption shall be considered
repaid or redeemed; provided that if any applicable deposit is returned with the consent or acquiescence of the Borrower and the corresponding Debt or Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not redeemed
or cancelled, but remain outstanding, this paragraph shall not apply. 
 Section 5.3. Change in Accounting Principles . If,
after the date of this Agreement, there shall occur any change in GAAP from those used in the preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.5 hereof and such change shall result in a change in the method of calculation of any
financial covenant, standard or term found in this Agreement, either the Borrower or the Required Lenders may by notice to the Lenders and the Borrower, respectively, require that the Lenders and the Borrower negotiate in good faith to amend such
covenants, standards, and terms so as equitably to reflect such change in accounting
principlesGAAP, with the desired result being that the criteria
for evaluating the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be the same as if such change in
GAAP had not been made. No delay by the Borrower or the Required Lenders in requiring such negotiation shall limit their right to so require such a negotiation at any time after such a change in
accounting principlesGAAP. Until any such covenant, standard, or term is amended in accordance with this Section 5.3, financial covenants shall be computed and determined in accordance with GAAP in effect prior to such change in
accounting principlesGAAP. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower shall neither be deemed to be in compliance with any financial covenant hereunder nor out of compliance with any financial covenant hereunder if
such state of compliance or noncompliance, as the case may be, would not exist but for the occurrence of a change in accounting principlesGAAP after the date hereof. 

  
 33 

Table of Contents

	 	SECTION	6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. 

 The Borrower
represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date as follows: 

Section 6.1. Organization and Qualification. The Borrower is (a) duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under
the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) has the corporate or other organizational power to own its Property and conduct its business as now conducted, and (c) is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the nature of the Property owned or leased by it requires such licensing or qualifying, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. 
 Section 6.2. Subsidiaries . Each of the Specified Subsidiaries is (a) duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized, (b) has the corporate or other
organizational power to own its Property and conduct its business as now conducted, and (c) is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the nature of the
Property owned or leased by it requires such licensing or qualifying, in each case, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 6.2 hereto identifies as of the date hereof each of
the Specified Subsidiaries, the jurisdiction of its organization, its registered office (if it is a Canadian organization), and, other than with respect to the Borrower, the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of each class of its capital
stock or other equity interests owned by the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries. 

Section 
6.2. [Reserved]. 

Section 6.3. Authority and Validity of Obligations. (a) The Borrower has the corporate and other organizational authority to
enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents executed by it, to make the Borrowings herein provided for, and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents executed by it. Each other Loan Party has full right and authority to enter into the Loan Documents executed by it, to guarantee the Obligations, and to perform all of its obligations under the Loan Documents executed by it. 

 (b) The Loan Documents delivered by each Loan
Partythe Borrower have been duly authorized, executed, and
delivered by such Person and constitute valid and binding obligations of such Loan
Partythe Borrower enforceable against it in accordance with their
terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws
affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether the application of such principles is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). 

(c) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents do not, nor does the performance or observance by any Loan Partythe Borrower of any of the matters and things herein or therein provided for, (i) contravene or constitute a default under any provision of law except to the extent such contravention or default would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) contravene (x) any judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon any  

  
 34 

Table of Contents

 
Loan
Partythe Borrower or (y) any provision of the organizational
documents (e.g., charter, certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws, certificate or articles of association and operating agreement, partnership agreement, or other similar organizational
documents) of any Loan Partythe
Borrower except, in the case of this clause (ii), to the extent such contravention would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) contravene or constitute a
default under any indenture or other agreement pursuant to which Material Indebtedness of any Loan
Partythe Borrower is committed or outstanding. 

Section 6.4. Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock. The Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Term Facility on or following the Closing Date to finance the consummation of the Blue Transactions. 

No part of Neither the Borrower nor any Loan Party is engaged in the
business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock
(within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System), and no part of the proceeds of any Loan or any other extension of credit made hereunder will be used
to purchase or carry any such margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such margin stock. for any purpose that would result in a
violation of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor), as in
effect from time to
time. 

Section 6.5. Financial Reports. The (i) consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of and for the
fiscal year ended April 30, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, and accompanying notes
thereto, which financial statements are accompanied by the audit report of Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of and for the fiscal quarter
ended January 31, 2015, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries heretofore furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, fairly present in all
material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at said dates and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent
basis (subject, in the case of the financial statements described in clause (ii) hereof, to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes). 

Section 6.6. No Material Adverse Change. Since April 30, 2014, there has been no material adverse change in the
business, financial condition, operations, assets or Properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

Section 6.7. Full Disclosure . The written information (other than information of a general economic or industry nature) furnished
to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the commitments by the Lenders to provide all or part of the financing contemplated hereby (as modified or supplemented
by other information so furnished or publicly available in periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with 

  
 35 

Table of Contents

 
the Securities and Exchange Commission), taken as a whole, do not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the material statements therein,
in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, and other forward-looking statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the commitments by the Lenders to provide all or part of the financing contemplated hereby, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared
in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time prepared. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any information relating to the Blue Acquired Business delivered on or prior to the consummation of the Blue
Transactions, such representation is made solely to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge. 
 Section 6.8. Trademarks, Franchises, and Licenses. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, possess, or have the
right to use all necessary patents, licenses, franchises, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, copyrights, trade secrets, know how, and confidential commercial and proprietary information necessary to conduct their businesses as now conducted,
without known conflict with any patent, license, franchise, trademark, trade name, trade style, copyright or other proprietary right of any other Person, except as
would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.[Reserved]. 

Section 6.9. Governmental Authority and Licensing. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have received all licenses, permits, and
approvals of all federal, state, provincial, and local governmental authorities, if any, necessary to conduct their businesses, in each case where the failure to obtain or maintain the same would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect. 
 Section 6.10. Good Title. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and defensible title (or valid leasehold
interests) to their assets as reflected on the most recent audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (except for sales of assets in the ordinary course of business),
subject to no Liens other than such thereof as are permitted by Section 8.8 hereof, except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 6.11. Litigation and Other Controversies. There is no litigation or governmental or arbitration proceeding pending
or threatened in writing, against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their Property which is reasonably likely to be adversely determined, and if adversely determined, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 6.12. Taxes. All income and other material Tax returns required to be filed by the Borrower
or any Subsidiary in any jurisdiction have been filed, and all Taxes due and payable by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to such
Tax returns have been paid, except such Taxes, if any, (i) as are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves established in accordance with GAAP have been provided or (ii) which failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
The Borrower does not know of any proposed material additional Tax assessment against it or any of its 

  
 36 

Table of Contents

 
Subsidiaries for which adequate provisions in accordance with GAAP have not been made on their accounts that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 6.13. Approvals. No authorization, consent, license or exemption from, or filing or registration with, any court or
governmental department, agency or instrumentality, nor any approval or consent of any other Person, is or will be necessary to the valid execution, delivery or performance by the Borrower
or any Subsidiary of any Loan Document, except those that have been obtained and remain in full force and effect or which are
not required to be made or obtained as of each time this representation is made or deemed made. 
 Section 6.14. Investment
Company. Neither theThe Borrower nor any Loan Party is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an
“investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 Section 6.15.
[Reserved]. 
 Section 6.15. Benefit Plans. ERISA. (i) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable
provisions of ERISA, the Code and applicable federal laws except for any such noncompliance that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable
determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of,
such qualification. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to
Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan. 

(ii) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, overtly
threatened claims, actions (including by any Governmental Authority) or lawsuits, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary
responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

(iii) (A) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur
that would have a Material Adverse Effect; (B) as of the first day of the most recent plan year of a Pension Plan for which the sponsor of the Pension Plan has received an actuarial valuation report, no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension
Liability that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (C) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of
ERISA) that would have a Material Adverse Effect; (D) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219
of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (E) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate
has knowingly 

  
 37 

Table of Contents

 
engaged in a transaction that would be reasonably expected to be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of
ERISA. 

(b) Canadian Pension Plan and Benefit Plans. Schedule 6.15(b) hereto
lists as of the date hereof all Canadian Benefit Plans and Canadian Pension Plans. The Canadian Pension Plans are duly registered under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and all other applicable laws which require registration. The Borrower and its
Subsidiaries have complied with and performed all of their statutory obligations under and in respect of the Canadian Pension Plans and Canadian Benefit Plans under the terms thereof, any funding agreements and all applicable laws (including any
fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations) except to the extent as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All employer and employee payments, contributions or premiums to be remitted, paid to or in
respect of each Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan have been paid in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof, any funding agreement and all applicable laws except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.15(b) hereto, as of the date hereof each of the Canadian Benefit Plans is either fully funded or fully insured. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.15(b) hereto, as of the
date hereof there are no outstanding actions or suits concerning the assets of the Canadian Pension Plans or the Canadian Benefit Plans. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.15(b) hereto, as of the date hereof neither the Borrower or its Subsidiaries
have any liability in respect of a multi-employer pension plan as that term is defined in the relevant Canadian pension legislation. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.15(b) hereto, as of the date hereof each of the Canadian Pension Plans is fully
funded on a going concern basis or solvency basis (using actuarial methods and assumptions which are consistent with the valuations last filed with the applicable Governmental Authorities or commissioned at the request of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries and which are consistent with generally accepted actuarial principles). 

Section 6.16. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower and
each of its Subsidiaries areis
in compliance with the requirements of all federal, state, provincial and local
laws,all material laws and all material rules and regulations
applicable to or pertaining to their Property or business operations (including, without
limitation, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and Environmental Laws), where any such non-compliance, individually or in the aggregate, would of Governmental Authorities
having the force of law, in each case, applicable to it and its Property, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received notice to the effect that
its operations are not in compliance with any Environmental Laws or is the subject of any governmental investigation evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a Release of any Hazardous Material, where any such non-compliance or remedial action, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  

Section 6.17. OFAC. (a) The Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of all United States and Canadian economic
sanctions laws (including without limitation the OFAC Sanctions Program) applicable to it, (b) each Subsidiary of the Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of all United States and Canadian economic sanctions laws (including without
limitation the OFAC Sanctions Program) applicable to such Subsidiary, (c) the Borrower has 

  
 38 

Table of Contents

 
provided to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all information requested in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders regarding the Borrower and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries
that it is necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to collect to comply with applicable United States and Canadian economic sanctions laws (including without limitation the OFAC Sanctions Program); subject however, in the case of
Affiliates, to the Borrower’s ability to provide information applicable to them, and (d) to the Borrower’s knowledge, neither the Borrower nor any of its controlled Affiliates or Subsidiaries is, as of the date hereof, named on the
current OFAC SDN List or is otherwise the target of any economic sanctions administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State (“Sanctions”). 

Section 6.18. FCPA; USA Patriot Act. (a) No part of the proceeds of the
Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity in order to obtain,
retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”). 

SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 (b) The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56) (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”).

 Section 6.19. No Default . No Event of Default under
Section 9.1(a), Section 9.1(f)(i)(x) (as if each reference to Indebtedness for Borrowed Money in Section 9.1(f) was a reference to the Borrower’s 3.50% Senior Notes due 2021), Section 9.1(j) or (k) (limited in each case
to the Borrower), Section 9.1(b) (relating to a breach of Section 8.7, 8.8, 8.10 or 8.14(e) (other than, in the case of Section 8.10, to the extent arising from a sale, transfer, lease or other disposal of Property of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries (except to the extent such sale, transfer, lease or other disposal
of Property is an otherwise prohibited sale, transfer, lease or other disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole)), 9.1(d) (limited to a breach of the representation and warranty in
Section 6.18(b) as a result of the use of proceeds hereof) or Section 9.1(i) (limited to clauses (a) through (c) of the definition of “Change of Control”) has occurred and is continuing immediately after the
consummation of the Blue Transactions on the Closing Date. 
 SECTION 7. Conditions Precedent. 

Section 7.1. Conditions to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in
accordance with Section 13.13) of all the following conditions precedent: 
 (a) the Administrative Agent shall have
received this Agreement duly executed by the Borrower, the Guarantors, and the Lenders; 

  
 39 

Table of Contents

 (b) if requested by any Lender, the Administrative Agent shall have received for
such Lender such Lender’s duly executed Note of the Borrower dated the date hereof and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 1.11 hereof; 

(c) the Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s articles of
incorporation and bylaws (or comparable organizational documents) and any amendments thereto, certified in each instance by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or individual holding a comparable position); 

(d) the Administrative Agent shall have received copies of resolutions (or equivalent authorizations) of the Borrower’s
and each Guarantor’s Board of Directors (or similar governing body) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party as of the Effective Date, together with specimen
signatures of the persons authorized to execute such documents on the Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s behalf, all certified in each instance by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary; 

(e) the Administrative Agent shall have received copies of the certificates of good standing (or equivalent instrument) for
each Borrower and each Guarantor (dated no earlier than 30 days prior to the date hereof) from the office of the secretary of the state (or equivalent) of its incorporation or organization; 

(f) the Administrative Agent shall have received a list of the Borrower’s Authorized Representatives; 

(g) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Representative of the Borrower, certifying as
of the Effective Date that: 
 (i) no material adverse change in the business, financial condition, operations, assets or
Properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall have occurred since April 30, 2014; 
 (ii) each
of the representations and warranties set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, except to the extent the same expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such
representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, provided that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse
Effect” shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualifications therein) in all respects (and the Borrower’s execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute a representation and warranty that the condition
precedent contained in this subsection has been satisfied on the date of this Agreement); and 
 (iii) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a result of the execution and delivery hereof by the Borrower or any Guarantor or the performance of its respective obligations hereunder

  
 40 

Table of Contents

 
(and the Borrower’s and Guarantors’ execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute a representation and warranty that the condition precedent contained in this subsection has
been satisfied on the date of this Agreement); 
 (j) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a
representative of the Borrower, certifying that this Term Facility constitutes a “Qualifying Term Facility” (as defined in the Bridge Credit Agreement) under the Bridge Facility; 

(k) the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders shall have received all fees set forth in the Fee Letter, and
other amounts due and payable to them pursuant to the terms hereof in each case on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Effective Date (or such later date as the Borrower may
reasonable agree), reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including, to the extent so required, the reasonable fees, disbursements and
other charges of one primary counsel to the Administrative Agent); 
 (l) the Administrative Agent shall have received the
favorable written opinion of (i) Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, special counsel to the Borrower and each Guarantor, (ii) Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP, Ohio counsel to the Borrower and J.M. Smucker LLC and
(ii) Potter Anderson & Corroon LLP, Delaware counsel to The Folgers Coffee Company, in each case, in form and substance customary and reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and 

(m) the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have received all documentation and other information requested by it in
writing at least ten Business Days prior to the Effective Date for purposes of ensuring compliance with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act, not fewer than three
Business Days prior to the Effective Date. 
 The occurrence of the Effective Date shall be confirmed by a written notice from the
Administrative Agent to the Borrower on the Effective Date, and shall be conclusive evidence of the occurrence thereof. 
 Section 7.2.
Conditions to Closing. The Lenders’ obligation to fund the Loans is subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date and the satisfaction (or waiver in accordance with Section 13.13) of the following conditions precedent: 

(a) (1) except as disclosed in the Company SEC Documents (as defined in the Blue Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 3, 2015)
filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission after April 28, 2013 and prior to February 3, 2015 (excluding any disclosures set forth in any such Company SEC Document in any risk factor section, any forward-looking
disclosure in any section relating to forward-looking statements or any other statements that are non-specific, predictive or primarily cautionary in nature other than historical facts included therein) or in the Company Disclosure Letter (as
defined in the Blue 

  
 41 

Table of Contents

 
Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 3, 2015), since April 27, 2014 and prior to February 3, 2015, there shall not have been any change, event, fact, effect or occurrence
that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have a Blue Material Adverse Effect and (2) since February 3, 2015, there shall not have been any change, event, fact, effect or occurrence that has had or would reasonably be expected to
have a Blue Material Adverse Effect; 
 (b) the Blue Acquisition shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the Borrowing on the
Closing Date, in accordance with the Blue Acquisition Agreement, and the Blue Acquisition Agreement (as in effect on February 3, 2015) has not been amended or modified by the Borrower, and no condition shall have been waived or consent granted
by the Borrower, in any respect that is materially adverse to the Lenders or to Bank of America without Bank of America’s prior written consent (it being understood and agreed that (i) any decrease in the cash portion of the Blue
Acquisition Consideration that is accompanied by a dollar-for-dollar reduction in commitments under the Bridge Facility and (ii) any increase in the cash portion of the Blue Acquisition Consideration, together with any other increases since
February 3, 2015, which does not exceed 5% of the purchase price, in each case shall be deemed not to be materially adverse to the Lenders or to Bank of America); and 

(c) each of the Blue Acquisition Agreement Representations and the Specified Blue Acquisition Representations shall be true and correct in all
material respects as of the Closing Date, except to the extent the same expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date,
provided that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be true and correct in all respects (after giving effect to any qualification therein);

 (d) the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from an Authorized Representative of the Borrower, certifying as to
clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.2; 
 (e) the Administrative Agent shall have received, at the Borrower’s
option, either: (1) for each of the Borrower and Big Heart Pet Brands (the “Operating Subsidiary”) (a) U.S. GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of comprehensive income (loss),
stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three most recently completed fiscal years ended at least 60 days prior to the Closing Date and (b) U.S. GAAP unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related unaudited statements of
comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each subsequent interim fiscal quarter ended at least 40 days before the Closing Date, which financial statements shall meet the requirements in all material respects of Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) for a registered public offering of debt Securities of the Borrower on Form S-1 (except such provisions for which compliance is not customary for private placements of debt securities
pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or (2) for each of the Borrower and the Blue Acquired Business (a) U.S. GAAP audited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of comprehensive income (loss),
stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the three most recently completed fiscal years ended at least 60 days prior to the Closing Date and (b) U.S. GAAP unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related unaudited statements of
comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the interim period from the date of the most recent such audited consolidated balance sheet through the date of the most recent 

  
 42 

Table of Contents

 
quarterly period that has ended at least 40 days prior to the Closing Date, which financial statements shall meet the requirements in all material respects of Regulation S-X under the Securities
Act for a registered public offering of debt Securities of the Borrower on Form S-1. The Administrative Agent hereby acknowledges receipt of the financial statements in the foregoing clause (1)(a) with respect to the Borrower and the Operating
Subsidiary for the fiscal years ended 2012, 2013 and 2014, and in the foregoing clause (1)(b) with respect to the Borrower and the Operating Subsidiary for the fiscal quarters ended on or about July 31, 2014 and October 31, 2014;
provided that the Borrower’s and Operating Subsidiary’s or the Blue Acquired Business’, as the case may be, filing of any required audited financial statements with respect to the Borrower or Operating Subsidiary or the Blue
Acquired Business, as the case may be, on Form 10-K or required unaudited financial statements with respect to the Borrower or Operating Subsidiary or the Blue Acquired Business, as the case may be, on Form 10-Q, in each case, will satisfy the
requirements under clauses (1)(a) or (2)(a) or (1)(b) or (2)(b), as applicable, of this paragraph; 
 (f) the Administrative
Agent shall have received the Notice of Borrowing required by Section 1.6 hereof; 
 (g) the Administrative Agent shall have received a
solvency certificate from the chief financial officer of the Borrower in the form attached as Exhibit H hereto; 
 (h) the Administrative
Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders shall have received all fees as set forth in the Fee Letter, and other amounts due and payable to them pursuant to the terms hereof, in each case, on or prior to the Closing Date, including, to the extent
invoiced at least three Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or such later date as the Borrower may reasonable agree), reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under
any other Loan Document; and 
 (i) All principal amounts of debt outstanding under the following indentures or loan agreements of the Blue
Acquired Business and its Subsidiaries will be repaid, redeemed or satisfied and discharged and the commitments thereunder terminated substantially simultaneously with or immediately after the funding of the Loans: (i) Indenture, dated as of
February 16, 2011, between Operating Subsidiary and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., governing Operating Subsidiary’s 7.625% Senior Notes due 2019, (ii) Credit Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2011, by and among
Operating Subsidiary, certain of its affiliates, the lenders party thereto from time to time and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and (iii) Credit Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2014, by and among
Operating Subsidiary, certain of its affiliates, the lenders party thereto from time to time and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. 

Section 7.3. Availability. During the period from and including the Effective Date and to and including the earlier of the
termination of the Commitments and the funding of the Loans hereunder on the Closing Date, and notwithstanding (i) that any representation given as a condition to the Effective Date (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Specified Blue
Acquisition Representations and the Blue Acquisition Agreement Representations made as a condition to the Closing Date) was incorrect, (ii) any failure by the Borrower to comply with any 

  
 43 

Table of Contents

 
provision of Section 8, (iii) any provision to the contrary in any Loan Document or (iv) that any condition to the Effective Date may subsequently be determined not to have been
satisfied, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall be entitled to (a) rescind, terminate or cancel this Agreement or any of its Commitments hereunder or exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement, to the extent to do so
would prevent, limit or delay the making of its Loan, (b) refuse to participate in making its Loan or (c) exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of its Loan to the extent to do so would prevent, limit or delay the making
of its Loan; provided that in each case the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 are satisfied. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the rights and remedies of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents shall not be
limited in the event that any such condition to the Closing Date set forth in Section 7.2 is not satisfied on the Closing Date and (ii) from the Closing Date after giving effect to the funding of the Loans on such date, all of the rights,
remedies and entitlements of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be available notwithstanding that such rights were not available prior to such time as a result of this Section 7.3. 

SECTION 8. COVENANTS. 

The Borrower agrees that, so long as any Commitment or Loan is outstanding, except to the extent compliance in any case or cases is waived in
writing pursuant to the terms of Section 13.13 hereof: 
 Section 8.1. Maintenance of Business. The Borrower shall,
and shall cause each Subsidiary to, preserve and maintain its existence, except (a) as otherwise provided in Section 8.10 hereof or (b) with respect to any Subsidiary, to the extent the failure to preserve and maintain its existence
would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, take all reasonable actions to preserve and keep in
force and effect all licenses, permits, franchises, approvals, patents, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, copyrights, and other proprietary rights necessary to the proper conduct of its business where the failure to do so would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 Section 8.2.
Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain, preserve, and keep its propertyProperty, plant, and equipment in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary
wear and tear excepted), except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 8.3. Taxes and Assessments. The Borrower shall duly pay and discharge, and shall cause each Subsidiary to duly pay and
discharge, all material Taxes imposed upon or against it or its Property, in each case before the same become delinquent and before penalties accrue thereon, unless and to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings which prevent enforcement of the matter under contest and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are provided therefor or to the extent that such failure would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 8.4. Insurance. The Borrower shall insure and keep
insured, and shall cause each Subsidiary to insure and keep insured all insurable Property owned by it which is of a
 

  
 44 

Table of Contents

 
character usually insured by Persons similarly situated and operating like Properties against loss or damage from such hazards
and risks, and in such amounts, as are insured by Persons similarly situated and operating like Properties; and the Borrower shall insure, and shall cause each Subsidiary to insure, such other hazards and risks as and to the extent usually insured by Persons similarly situated and conducting similar
businesses., maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies or through self-insurance,
(i) insurance or self-insurance in such amounts (with no greater risk retention) and against such risks as is considered adequate by the Borrower, in its good faith judgment, and (ii) all other insurance as may be required by material law.
The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so maintained. 

Section 8.5. Financial Reports. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, (x) maintain true and complete books of record and account, in which appropriate
entries in conformity with GAAP in accordance with customary business practice shall be made; and
shall, (y) furnish to the Administrative Agent such
information respecting the business and financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and (z) without any request,
shall furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders: 

(a) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 45 days after the last day of the first three fiscal quarters of
each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter and for the fiscal year-to-date period then ended, each in reasonable detail showing in comparative form the figures
for the corresponding date and period in the previous fiscal year, prepared by the Borrower in accordance with GAAP (subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments) and certified
to by its chief financial officer or another officer of the Borrower acceptable to the Administrative Agent; 
 (b) as soon
as available, and in any event no later than 90 days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the fiscal year then ended and the
related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, and accompanying notes thereto, each in reasonable detail showing in
comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, accompanied by an opinion (without a “going concern” qualification or exception or qualification as to the scope of the audit, other than a “going concern” statement that
is due to the impending maturity of this Agreement, the Bridge Facility, or any other Debt or due to the anticipated occurrence of the Revolving Credit Termination Date (as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement or any other Permanent
Financing), in each case, in the following 12 months) of
Ernst & Young LLP or another firm of independent public accountants of recognized national standing, selected by the Borrower, to the effect that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and present
fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of their operations and cash

  
 45 

Table of Contents

 
flows for the fiscal year then ended and that an examination of such accounts in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards
and, accordingly, such examination included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as were considered necessary in the circumstances; 

(c) notice of any Change of Control; 

(d) promptly after knowledge thereof of the Borrower, written notice of (i) any pending litigation or governmental or
arbitration proceeding against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their Property which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default
hereunder; and 
 (e) with each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above, a
written certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower or another officer of the Borrower acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the effect that no Default or Event of Default has
occurred during the period covered by such statements or, if any such Default or Event of Default has occurred during such period, setting forth a description of such Default or Event of Default and specifying the action, if any, taken by the
Borrower or any Subsidiary to remedy the same. Such certificate shall also set forth the calculations supporting such statements in respect of Section 8.20 hereof. 

Delivery within the period specified above in clauses (a) and (b) of the Borrower’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q (with respect to clause (a)) or annual report on Form 10-K (with respect to clause (b)), in each case,
prepared in compliance with the requirements therefor and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of clause (a) or (b) above, as applicable. The Borrower will be deemed to have
made such delivery if it has timely made such Form 10-Q or 10-K, as applicable, available on “EDGAR” and on its homepage on the worldwide web (at the date of this Agreement located at www.smucker.com) and shall have given the
Administrative Agent prior notice (which shall contain an electronic link to the location on EDGAR or the Borrower’s homepage on the worldwide web where such forms are located) of such availability on EDGAR and on its home page in connection
with each delivery. The Borrower may comply with the requirements of the other clauses of this Section 8.5 by publishing such statements and reports on its internet web site or another accessible electronic database and giving the
Administrative Agent notice (which shall contain an electronic link to the location on EDGAR or the Borrower’s homepage on the worldwide web where such forms are located) thereof. 

The Borrower hereby acknowledges and
agrees that
(aA) the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arrangers may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively,
“Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar, or a substantially similar electronic transmission system
(thea “Platform”) and
(bB) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-

  
 46 

Table of Contents

 
public information with respect to any of the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related
activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Borrower hereby agrees
that, (wC)
all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page
thereof;,
(xD) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing
any material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federalfederal and state securities laws (;
provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 13.26);,
(yE) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of thea Platform designated
as “Public Side Information;”,
 and
(zF) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of thea
Platform not designated as “Public Side Information.”
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.” 

Section 8.6. Inspection. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each
Loan PartySubsidiary to, permit the Administrative Agent, and each of its duly authorized representatives and agents to visit and inspect any of its Property, corporate books, and financial records, to examine and make copies of its
books of accounts and other financial records, and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with, its officers having responsibility for the matters being discussed at such reasonable times and intervals as the Administrative Agent or any such
Lender may designate; provided that, (a) so long as no Event of
Default exists, (x) each such visit, discussion or inspection shall be subject to reasonable prior notice to the Borrower, and (y) the Borrower shall not be required to, or to cause any Loan Partyof its Subsidiaries to, permit more than one such visit, discussion or inspection on more than one occasion in any twelve-month period. with respect to the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, collectively, during any twelve (12) month period and (b) the obligations of the Borrower under this
Section 8.6 shall be limited to the extent necessary to permit them to comply with applicable Legal Requirements or the terms of confidentiality agreements entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with any third parties in the ordinary course of business. 

Section 8.7. Borrowings and GuarantiesDebt. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, issue, incur, assume, create or,
have outstanding any Debt, or incur liabilities for interest rate, currency, or commodity cap, collar, swap, or similar hedging arrangements, or beapply for or become liable as endorser, guarantor, surety or otherwise for any
debt,to
 the issuer of a letter of credit which supports an obligation or undertaking of any other Person (including the Borrower or any
Subsidiary) in respect of Debt, or otherwise agree to provide funds for payment of the obligations of another in respect of Debt, or supply funds thereto or invest therein or otherwise assure a creditor in respect of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of another against loss; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict nor operate to
prevent: 

  
 47 

Table of Contents

 (a) the Obligations of the Borrower and the Guarantors owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and their Affiliates) and other unsecured Debt or guarantees incurred by the Borrower and any Guarantor under or with respect to the Bridge Facility and any Permanent Financing; provided that the
aggregate principal amount of Debt incurred pursuant to this clause ; 
 (a) shall
not exceed $5,500,000,000 outstanding at any time; (b) obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary arising out of interest rate, foreign currency, and commodity hedging agreements entered
into with financial institutions in connection with bona fide hedging activities in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(c) endorsement of items for deposit or collection of commercial paper received in the ordinary course of business; 

(d) intercompany advances from time to time owing by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or another Subsidiary or by the Borrower to
a Subsidiary in and guarantees, Guarantees and similar undertakings by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in respect of such obligations of
the Borrower or any Subsidiary; 

(e) Debt and guaranties outstanding (or commitments existing) on the date
hereofAmendment No. 1 Effective Date and listed on
Schedule 8.7 and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the principal amount of such Debt and guaranties is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder;

 (f) Debt of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower after the date hereof or is amalgamated with, merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower
after the date hereof, which Debt is existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is so amalgamated, merged or consolidated (other than Debt incurred solely in
contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Subsidiary of the Borrower); 
 (g) guaranteesGuarantees by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of any Debt of any other
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and guarantees by the Borrower or any Guarantor of any Debt of the Borrower or any Guarantor; 

(h) unsecured Debt or guarantees, Guarantees and other obligations incurred by the Borrower, any Guarantor or any Foreign Subsidiary under or with respect to the Revolving Credit Agreement (as amended, amended and
restated, replaced or refinanced from time to time); 

  
 48 

Table of Contents

 (i) Priority
Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed 15% of Consolidated Total Capitalization as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower at any time; and 

(i)
(a) Priority Debt and (b) obligations of Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, in each case, not otherwise permitted by this Section 8.7; provided that the sum of the
aggregate principal amount of
such Priority Debt and other obligations incurred pursuant to this
clause (i) (when taken together, but in the case of such obligations in clause (b), only including the amount of
obligations constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to such letters of credit to the extent drawn) plus (without duplication) the aggregate principal amount of indebtedness or other obligations secured by a Lien pursuant to Section
8.8(j) do not exceed 10% of Consolidated Total Capitalization as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower at any time; and 

(j) indebtednessDebt of the Borrower
or any Guarantorand obligations of the
Borrower in respect of letters of credit not otherwise permitted by this Section, 8.7; provided that immediately after the incurrence thereof the Borrower is in compliance on a pro forma
basis with Section 8.20(a) hereof. 
 Section 8.8. Liens. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any
Subsidiary to, create, incur or permit to exist any Lien of any kind on any Property owned by any such Person; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to nor operate to prevent: 

(a) Liens arising by statute in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, old age benefits, social
security obligations, taxes, assessments, statutory obligations or other similar charges (other than Liens arising under (i) ERISA or (ii) any Canadian federal and provincial pension laws unless such Lien arises or persists in the normal
course of the funding or administration of a Canadian Pension Plan in compliance with applicable law), good faith cash deposits in connection with tenders, contracts or leases to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or other cash deposits
required to be made in the ordinary course of
business,; provided in each case that the obligation
is not for borrowed money; 
 (b) mechanics’, workmen’s, materialmen’s, landlords’, carriers’
or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business; 
 (c) judgment liens and judicial attachment liens not
constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.1(g) hereof and the pledge of assets for the purpose of securing an appeal, stay or discharge in the course of any legal proceeding; 

(d) any interest or title of a lessor under any operating lease; 

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, and
other similar encumbrances against real property incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and which do not materially detract from the value of the

  
 49 

Table of Contents

 
Property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; 

(f) Liens existing on the date hereof and any renewals or extensions thereof,; provided that
(i) the Property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by Section 8.7(e), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not
changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 8.7(e); 

(g) Liens on Property of a Person existing at the time such Person is
amalgamated with, merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Subsidiary
of the Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that (i) such Liens were not created in contemplation of such amalgamation, merger, consolidation or investment, (ii) such Liens and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person amalgamated with, merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, and the applicable
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money(iii) any Debt secured by
any such Lien is permitted under Section 8.7(f); 

(h) reservations and exceptions relating to Property in Canada contained or implied by statute in the original disposition from
the Crown in right of Canada and grants made by the Crown in right of Canada of interests so reserved or accepted; 
 (i)
Liens securing intercompany advances permitted by Section 8.7(d) to the extent solely in favor of the Borrower or a Subsidiary; 

(j) Liens not otherwise permitted hereby securing
indebtedness permitted by this Section 8.8, securing indebtedness or other obligations not prohibited by Section 8.7;
provided that the aggregate principal amount of Priority Debt incurred pursuant to Section 8.7(i) plus (without duplication) the aggregate
principal amount of such indebtedness or other obligations secured by a Lien pursuant to this subsection (j) will not
exceed 1510% of Consolidated Total Capitalization as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower at any time; 

(k) Liens on cash deposits securing Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pending application of such cash deposits to
repay such Debt in connection with the Blue Transactions; and 
 (l) Liens on cash deposits to backstop letters of credit or
to secure swap obligations of the Blue Acquired Business or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case that are outstanding on the Closing Date. 

Section 8.9. [Reserved]. 

  
 50 

Table of Contents

 Section 8.10. Mergers, Consolidations and Sales. (a) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, be a party to any
merger, amalgamation, consolidation, arrangement or reorganization or sell, transfer, lease or
otherwise dispose of all or any part of its Property, including any disposition of Property as part of a sale and leaseback transaction other than in the ordinary
course of businessMerger; provided, however, that
this Sectionthe foregoing shall not apply to nor operate to prevent: a Merger if, immediately after giving effect to such Merger, no Default or Event of Default exists and (i) the Borrower is the
continuing and surviving Person or (ii) if the Borrower is not the continuing and surviving Person, (A) the Borrower (x) provides
the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at least ten (10)
Business Days’ advance written notice prior to such Merger and (y) uses its reasonable best efforts to deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all documentation and other
information regarding such continuing and surviving Person requested by the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders in writing at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the such Merger for purposes of ensuring compliance with applicable “know your
customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act, not fewer than two (2) Business Days prior to such Merger and (B) if the continuing and surviving Person is not a Domestic Subsidiary (prior to
giving effect to such transaction or related series of transactions) (w) the continuing and surviving Person is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia,
(x) immediately prior to such Merger, the continuing and surviving Person (I) is not an operating company, (II) does not hold any equity interests, directly or indirectly, in any operating company and (III) is not owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by any operating company, in the case of subclauses (I), (II) and (III), other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (prior to giving effect to such transaction or related series of transactions), (y) such
Merger is not part of any acquisition transaction involving an operating company other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (prior to giving effect to such transaction or related series of transactions) and (z) the continuing and surviving Person delivers a written instrument reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent confirming its assumption of all of the Obligations of the Borrower; 

(b) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, sell, transfer, lease or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Property of
the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to nor operate to
prevent any such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition so long as no Default or Event of Default exists prior to and immediately after giving effect to such sale, transfer or
lease. 

Upon the consummation of a
Merger that is permitted by this Section 8.10 and to which the Borrower is a party but is not the surviving or continuing Person, the successor Person formed by such Merger or into which the Borrower is merged, consolidated or amalgamated shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Borrower herein and the Borrower
shall thereupon be released from all obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents. 

Section 8.11.
[Reserved]. 
 Section 8.12. [Reserved]. 

  
 51 

Table of Contents

 (a) the sale, transfer, lease
or other disposition of Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;  

(b) any mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements or
reorganizations or other transactions undertaken in connection with the Blue Transactions;  

(c) any Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate with (i) the Borrower,
provided that if the Subsidiary is merging with the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that when any Wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging or
amalgamating with another Subsidiary, a Wholly-owned Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person; 

(d) the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries may merge or amalgamate into or
consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to merge or amalgamate into or consolidate with it; provided that the Person surviving such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall be the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the
Borrower; 

(e) the sale, transfer or other disposition of any equipment or real
property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such sale, transfer or other disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the
purchase price of such replacement property; 
 (f) non-exclusive licenses of intellectual property rights; 

(g) any Subsidiary may dissolve, liquidate or otherwise terminate its
existence, or may reincorporate or reorganize in another jurisdiction, if the Borrower determines that such action is consistent with the interests of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;  
 (h) the Borrower or any
Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets to any Person so long as (i) such disposition is for fair market value (as determined by the Borrower or Subsidiary); and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such
dispositions pursuant to this subsection (h) for the Borrower and all Subsidiaries does not exceed, for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of the Borrower, an amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated Total Assets
for the most recently completed fiscal year of the Borrower; provided that if the proceeds hereof are intended to be used to repay Indebtedness for Borrowed Money or to acquire property useful in the business of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries within three hundred sixty-five (365) days, then such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition shall be excluded for the purposes of determining compliance with this subsection (h); and 
 (i) any sale, transfer or
other disposition (i) constituting a casualty event or (ii) to the extent required by or made pursuant to buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture agreements and similar binding
arrangements. 

  
 52 

Table of Contents

 Section 8.11. Dividends and Certain
Other Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any
Subsidiary to, (a) declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions in respect of any class or series of its capital stock or other equity
interests (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in its capital stock or other equity interests), or (b) directly or indirectly purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire or retire any of its capital stock or other equity interests
or any warrants, options, or similar instruments to acquire the same, (collectively referred to herein as “Restricted Payments”); provided, however, that (a) the foregoing shall not operate (i) to prevent the making
of dividends or distributions by any Subsidiary to any other Subsidiary or to the Borrower or (ii) to prevent the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement of any capital stock or other equity interests of any Subsidiary or any
warrants, options or similar instruments to acquire the same, in each case of this clause (ii), held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (b) the Borrower may declare or pay any Restricted Payment so long as both immediately prior to and
after such declaration or payment no Event of Default shall exist. 
 Section 8.12. Benefit Plans. (a) ERISA. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each ERISA Affiliate to, promptly pay and discharge all obligations and
liabilities arising under ERISA of a character which if unpaid or unperformed would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien against any of its Property and have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each
ERISA Affiliate to, promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender of: (a) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan, (b) receipt of any notice from the PBGC of its intention to seek termination of any
Pension Plan or appointment of a trustee therefor, (c) its intention to terminate or withdraw from any Pension Plan, and (d) the occurrence of any event with respect to any Plan that would result in the incurrence by the Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate of any liability, fine or penalty, or any increase in the contingent liability of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to any post-retirement Welfare Plan benefit, that, in any such
case, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  

(b) Canadian Pension Plans and
Benefit Plans. 
 (i) For each existing, or hereafter adopted, Canadian Pension Plan and Canadian Benefit Plan, the Borrower
and its Subsidiaries shall in a timely fashion comply with and perform in all material respects all of their statutory obligations under and in respect of such
Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan, including under any funding agreements and all applicable laws (including any fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations).

 (ii) All material employer payments,
contributions or premiums required to be remitted, paid to or in respect of each Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan shall be paid or remitted by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof,
any funding agreements and all applicable laws. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall also ensure that within 30 days after (A) the timely filing of an actuarial valuation report required to be filed under Canadian pension legislation, or
(B) the rendering of an actuarial valuation report commissioned at the request of the Borrower or its subsidiaries (a “New Valuation Report”), which New 

  
 53 

Table of Contents

 
Valuation Report identifies a going concern or solvency deficit (using actuarial methods and assumptions which are consistent
with the valuations last filed with the applicable Governmental Authorities and with generally accepted actuarial principles) that is greater than the corresponding going concern or solvency deficit disclosed in Schedule 6.15(b) (the
“Increased Deficit”), where such Increased Deficit would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the difference between the Increased Deficit and the corresponding deficit disclosed in Schedule 6.15 shall be
liquidated so as to bring the level of such deficit to a level equal to any corresponding deficit disclosed in Schedule 6.15(b). 

(iii) Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.15(b), where it would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) no Canadian Benefit Plan shall be an unfunded or self-insured plan; and (ii) neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall increase its unfunded position in respect of such
Canadian Benefit Plan disclosed in 6.15(b) 
 (iv) Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.15(b), neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have any liability in respect of a multi-employer pension plan as that term is defined
in the relevant Canadian pension legislation. 
 (v) The Borrower or its Subsidiary shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (A) if requested by the
Administrative Agent, copies of each annual and other return, report or valuation with respect to each Canadian Pension Plan as filed with any applicable Governmental
Authority or as commissioned by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (B) promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of any material claim direction, order, notice, ruling or opinion that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may receive from any applicable
Governmental Authority or other claimant except for regular claims for benefits with respect to any Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan; and (C) notification within thirty (30) days of any increases having a cost to the Borrower
or any Subsidiary in excess of Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) per annum in the aggregate, in respect of any existing Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit Plan, or the establishment of any new Canadian Pension Plan or Canadian Benefit
Plan, or the commencement of contributions to any such plan to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary was not previously contributing. 

Section 8.13. Compliance with Laws. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, comply in all material respects with
the requirements of all federal, state, provincial, and local laws, rules, regulations, ordinances and orders applicable to or pertaining to its Property or business operations, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of law or
order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. 

Section 8.14. Compliance with OFAC Sanctions Programs and the FCPA. (a) The Borrower
shall at all times comply with the requirements of all United States and Canadian export control, trade and commerce laws (including without limitation the OFAC Sanctions 

  
 54 

Table of Contents

 
Programs) applicable to the Borrower and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with the requirements of all United States and Canadian economic sanctions laws applicable to such
Subsidiary. 
 (b) The Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any information requested in writing by the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders regarding the Borrower, its Affiliates, and its Subsidiaries that it is necessary for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to collect to comply with applicable United States and Canadian economic sanctions
laws (including without limitation the OFAC Sanctions Programs); subject however, in the case of Affiliates, to the Borrower’s ability to provide information applicable to them. 

(c) If the Borrower obtains actual knowledge or receives any written notice that the Borrower, any controlled Affiliate or any Subsidiary is
named on the then current OFAC SDN List (such occurrence, an “OFAC Event”), the Borrower shall promptly (i) give written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of such OFAC Event, and (ii) comply with all
applicable laws with respect to such OFAC Event (regardless of whether the party included on the OFAC SDN List is located within the jurisdiction of the United States of America), including the United States and Canadian economic sanctions laws
(including without limitation the OFAC Sanctions Programs). 
 (d) The Borrower
and its Subsidiaries shall
not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, use any of the proceeds of the
Loans, directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official
capacity in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the FCPA. 
 (e) The
Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall
not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, use any of the proceeds of the
Loans, directly or,
(to the knowledge of the Borrower,)
indirectly, to fund any activities or business (x) of or with any individual or entity named on the most current OFAC SDN List or any other economic sanctions list maintained by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State, or any individual or entity
owned 50% or more directly or indirectly by one or more parties named on any such list, or (y) in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, except, in the case of
(x) or (y), to the extent licensed by OFAC or otherwise permissible under U.S. law. 
 Section 8.15.
[Reserved]. 

Section 8.16.
[Reserved]. 
 Section 8.17.
[Reserved]. 
 Section 8.15. Burdensome Contracts With Affiliates. Except as otherwise permitted hereunder, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any
contract, agreement or business arrangement with any of its Affiliates on terms and conditions which are, taken as a whole, materially less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be usual and customary in similar contracts,
agreements or business arrangements between Persons not 

  
 55 

Table of Contents

 
affiliated with each other; provided however that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the payment of customary and
reasonable directors’ fees to directors who are not employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an Affiliate, (b) any transaction between the Borrower or a Subsidiary and an Affiliate that is the Borrower or a Subsidiary,
(c) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, stock option plan, officer and director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, (d) loans
to employees or officers in the ordinary course of business, (e) Restricted Payments not prohibited by Section 8.11, (f) transactions pursuant to the Blue Acquisition Shareholders’ Agreement and (g) transactions undertaken
in connection with the Blue Transactions. 
 Section 8.16. Changes in Fiscal Year. The Borrower may, on no more than one occasion, change its fiscal year-end to a date other than April 30, subject to such adjustments
to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the delivery of such additional
certificates and financial information, as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine are necessary or appropriate in connection with such change (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Lenders hereby authorize the
Administrative Agent and the Borrower to make (and hereby consent to) such adjustments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents without the consent of any other Person). 

Section 8.17. Change in the Nature of Business. The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any material line of business if as a result thereof the general nature of the business conducted by
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries would be substantially changed from the general
nature of the business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date
hereof or any business reasonably related, complementary, synergistic or ancillary thereto or reasonable extensions thereof (it being agreed for the avoidance of doubt that any additional lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a result of the consummation of the Blue Transactions are permitted by
this Section 8.17). 
 Section 8.18. Use of Proceeds. The
Borrower shall use the credit extended to it under this Agreement solely for the purposes set forth in, or otherwise permitted by, Section 6.4 hereof. 

Section 8.19. No Restrictions. Except as provided herein, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any
consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary to: (a) pay dividends or make any other distribution on any Subsidiary’s capital stock or other equity interests owned by the Borrower or any other
Subsidiary, (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (c) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (d) transfer any of its Property to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, or
(e) guarantee the Obligations as required by the Loan Documents, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) applicable law, (ii) customary non-assignment provisions in leases or other agreements
entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii) customary restrictions in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Capital Lease, of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions shall only restrict the transfer of the Property subject to such agreement, mortgage or Capital Lease, (iv) restrictions in agreements

  
 56 

Table of Contents

 
governing Indebtedness for Borrowed Money of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent that the incurrence of such
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money is not prohibited by Section 8.7 hereof, (v) any restrictions existing with respect to any Person or assets acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and existing at the time of (and not entered into in
contemplation of) such acquisition, which restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the assets of any Person other than such Person or such assets acquired, (vi) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or similar agreements
applicable to joint ventures entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vii) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any asset permitted under Section 8.10 applicable to the asset to
be sold pending the consummation of such sale, (viii) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (ix)(1) customary provisions restricting the
subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest or (2) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of trademarked, copyrighted or patented materials or provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such
agreements or any rights thereunder, and (x) any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of any of the foregoing that are no less favorable in any material respect to the Lenders than those restrictions that are then in effect and
are being extended, refinanced, renewed or replaced. 
 Section 8.19. [Reserved]. 
 Section 8.20. Financial Covenants . (a) Total Leverage Ratio.
As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall not permit the Total Leverage Ratio to be greater than, (1i) for
 all periods ending on orafter the Amendment
No. 1 and prior to
April 29January 31,
20162019, 
4.754.00 to 1.00 or (commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date),
(2ii) for all periods ending between (and including) April 30, 2016 and April 29, 2017, 4.25 to 1.00, (3) for all periods ending between (and including) April 30, 2017 and April 29, 2018, 3.75
to 1.00 and (4) for all periods ending on or after April 30, 2018, 3.50 to 1.00.January 31, 2019 and
thereafter, 3.75 to 1.00; provided that at the election of the Borrower, exercised by written notice delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent at any time prior to the date that is 30 days following consummation of any
Material Acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, such maximum Total Leverage Ratio shall be increased to 4.00 to 1.00; provided, further, that such increase
(x) shall not go into effect until the consummation of such Material Acquisition and (y) shall only apply for a period of twelve months from and after the consummation of such Material Acquisition. 
 (b) Interest Coverage Ratio. As of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the
Borrower, commencing with the first fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than
3.50 to 11.00. 

(c) At any time after the definitive agreement for any Material Acquisition shall have been
executed (or, in the case of
a Material Acquisition in the form of a tender offer or similar transaction, after the offer shall have been launched) and
prior to the consummation of such Material Acquisition (or termination of the definitive documentation in respect thereof), any Acquisition Indebtedness (and the proceeds of such indebtedness) shall be excluded from the determination of maximum
Total Leverage Ratio and minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. 

  
 57 

Table of Contents

 SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND
REMEDIES. 
 Section 9.1. Events of Default. Any one or more of the following shall constitute an
“Event of Default” hereunder: 
 (a) default in the payment when due of all or any part of the principal of
any Loan (whether at the stated maturity thereof or at any other time provided for in this Agreement), or default for a period of five (5) Business Daysdays in the payment when due of any interest, fee or other Obligation payable hereunder
or under any other Loan Document; 
 (b) default in the observance or performance of any covenant set forth in
Sections 8.5(d)(ii), 8.7, 8.8, 8.10, 8.11,
8.15, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19 or 8.20 hereof; 
 (c) default in the
observance or performance of any other provision hereof or of any other Loan Document which is not remedied within 30 days after written notice thereof is given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent; 

(d) any representation or warranty made herein or in any other Loan Document or in any certificate furnished to the
Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection with any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby proves untrue in any material respect as of the date of the issuance or making or deemed making thereof; 

(e) any of the Loan Documents shall for any reason not be or shall cease to be in full force and effect or is declared to be
null and void, or any Loan Partythe
Borrower takes any action for the purpose of terminating, repudiating or rescinding any Loan Document executed by it or any of its obligations thereunder; 

(f) default shall occur under any Indebtedness for Borrowed Money issued, assumed or guaranteed by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary aggregating in excess of $150,000,000, or under any indenture, agreement or other instrument under which the same may be issued, and (i) either (x) the maturity of any such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money shall have been
accelerated or (y) such default shall continue for a period of time sufficient to permit the acceleration of the maturity of any such Indebtedness for Borrowed Money (whether or not such maturity is in fact accelerated), or (ii) any such
Indebtedness for Borrowed Money shall not be paid when due; 
 (g) any judgment or judgments, writ or writs or warrant or
warrants of attachment, or any similar process or processes, shall be entered or filed against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or against any of its Property, in an aggregate amount in excess of $150,000,000 (except to the extent fully covered by independent third-party insurance and as to which the insurer has not disclaimed coverage), and which remains
undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of
3045 days; 

  
 58 

Table of Contents

 (h) an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan
which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount which would be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; 

(i) any Change of Control shall occur; 

(j) the Borrower or any Major Subsidiary shall (i) have entered involuntarily against it an order for relief under the
United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), as amended, or the Companies Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), as amended, or the Winding-Up and Restructuring Act (Canada), as amended,
(ii) not pay, or admit in writing its inability to pay, its debts generally as they become due, (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) apply for, seek, consent to or acquiesce in, the appointment of a receiver,
receiver and manager, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official for it or any substantial part of its Property, (v) institute any proceeding seeking to have entered against it an order for relief under the United States
Bankruptcy Code, as amended, to adjudicate it insolvent, or seeking dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or
relief of debtors or fail to file an answer or other pleading denying the material allegations of any such proceeding filed against it, (vi) take any corporate action in furtherance of any matter described in parts (i) through
(v) above, or (vii) fail to contest in good faith and with continued due diligence any appointment or proceeding described in Section 9.1(k) hereof; or 

(k) a custodian, receiver, receiver and manager, trustee, examiner, liquidator or similar official shall be appointed for the
Borrower or any Major Subsidiary, or any substantial part of any of its Property, or a proceeding described in Section 9.1(j)(v) shall be instituted against the Borrower or any Major Subsidiary, and such appointment is not immediately contested
in good faith and with continued due diligence continues undischarged or such proceeding is not immediately contested in good faith and with continued due diligence and continues undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days. 

Section 9.2. Non-Bankruptcy Defaults . Subject to Section 7.3, when any Event
of Default (other than those described in subsection (j) or (k) of Section 9.1 hereof with respect to the Borrower) has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, by written notice to the Borrower: if so directed
by the Required Lenders, (i) declare the principal of and the accrued interest on all outstanding Loans to be forthwith due and payable and thereupon all outstanding Loans, including both principal and interest thereon, shall be and become
immediately due and payable together with all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents without further demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind and (ii) subject to Section 13.2(b), exercise on behalf of itself and the
Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent, after giving notice to the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.1(c) or this Section 9.2, shall also promptly send a copy of such
notice to the other Lenders, but the failure to do so shall not impair or annul the effect of such notice. 

  
 59 

Table of Contents

 Section 9.3. Bankruptcy Defaults. Subject to Section 7.3, when any Event of
Default described in subsections (j) or (k) of Section 9.1 hereof with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing, then all outstanding Loans shall immediately become due and payable together with all other amounts
payable under the Loan Documents without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, and, subject to Section 13.2(b), the Administrative Agent may exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and
the Lenders under the Loan Documents. 
 SECTION 10. CHANGE IN CIRCUMSTANCES. 

Section 10.1. Change of Law. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, if at any time any
change in applicable law or regulation (and for purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all regulations, guidelines or directives in connection therewith (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)
and all requests, rules, guidelines and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities (the
“Basel III Rules”) are deemed to have been adopted and gone into effect after the date hereof), or in the interpretation thereof in each case occurring after the date hereof makes it unlawful for any Lender to make or continue to
maintain any Eurodollar Loans or to perform its obligations as contemplated hereby, such Lender shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower and such Lender’s obligations to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans under this Agreement shall be
suspended until it is no longer unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans. The Borrower shall at its election either (i) prepay on demand the outstanding principal amount of any such affected Eurodollar Loans made to it,
together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts then due and payable to such Lender under this Agreement or (ii) convert the principal amount of the affected Eurodollar Loans from such Lender into Base Rate Loans from such
Lender, which Base Rate Loans shall not be made ratably by the Lenders but only from such affected Lender. 
 Section 10.2.
Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain, or Inadequacy of, LIBOR. If on or prior to the first day of any Interest Period for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans: 

(a) the Administrative Agent determines that deposits in U.S. Dollars are not being offered to it in the interbank market for
such Interest Period, or that by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant interbank market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable LIBOR (such Eurodollar Loans, the “Impacted Loans”), or 

(b) the Required Lenders advise the Administrative Agent that (i) LIBOR as determined by the Administrative Agent will not
adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding their Eurodollar Loans, respectively, for such Interest Period or (ii) that the making or funding of Eurodollar Loans become impracticable, 

then the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies the
Borrower that the circumstances 

  
 60 

Table of Contents

 
giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligations of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended; provided that if one or more Lenders suspend
maintaining Eurodollar Loans, the Borrower may elect to either prepay or convert such Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans in accordance with the provisions of the final sentence of Section 10.1. The Administrative Agent shall not make a
determination described in Section 10.2(a), and no Lender shall advise the Administrative Agent as described in Section 10.2(b), unless the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, is then generally making or will thereafter
generally make similar determinations or deliver similar advice, in each case, under comparable credit facilities with similar provisions to this Section 10.2 to which it is a party with borrowers that are similarly situated to and of similar
creditworthiness to the Borrower. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Administrative Agent has made the determination described in clause (a) of
this Section 10.2, the Administrative Agent, in consultation with the Borrower and the Required Lenders, may establish an alternative interest rate for the Impacted Loans, in which case, such alternative rate of interest shall apply with
respect to the Impacted Loans unless and until (1) the Administrative Agent revokes the notice delivered with respect to the Impacted Loans under clause (a) of the first sentence of this Section 10.2, (2) the Administrative Agent
or the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that such alternative interest rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding the Impacted Loans, or (3) any Lender determines that any Lawlaw
has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to such alternative rate of
interest or to determine or charge interest rates based upon such rate or any Governmental
Authoritygovernmental authority has imposed material restrictions
on the authority of such Lender to do any of the foregoing and provides the Administrative Agent and the Borrower written notice thereof. 

Section 10.3. Increased Cost and Reduced Return. (a) If, on or after the date hereof, the adoption of any applicable law,
rule or regulation (and for purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Rules are deemed to have been adopted and gone into effect after the date hereof), or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental
authorityGovernmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency
charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:

 (i) shall subject any Lender (or its Lending Office) to any duty or other charge with respect to its Eurodollar
Loans, its Notes, or its obligation to make Eurodollar Loans; 
 (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,
special deposit or similar requirement (including, without limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding with respect to any Eurodollar Loans any such requirement included in an
applicable Eurodollar Reserve Percentage) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (or its Lending Office) or shall impose on any Lender (or its Lending Office)

  
 61 

Table of Contents

 
or on the interbank market any other condition affecting its Eurodollar Loans, its Notes, or its obligation to make Eurodollar Loans; or 

(iii) shall subject any Lender (or its Lending Office) to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes and
(B) Excluded Taxes) on its Loans, its Notes, or its obligation to make any Loans, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; 

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender (or its Lending Office) of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan, or, in the
case of Taxes, any Loan, or participating therein, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender (or its Lending Office) under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document with respect thereto, by an amount deemed by
such Lender to be material, then, within 15 days after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay or cause the relevant Loan Party to
pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. 

(b) If, after the date hereof, any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall have determined that the adoption of any applicable law, rule or
regulation regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (and for purposes of this Agreement, the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Rules are deemed to have been adopted and gone into effect after the date hereof), or any change therein, or any change
in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its Lending Office) or any corporation
controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has had the effect of reducing the rate of return on
such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into
consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, within 15 days after demand by such Lender (with a
copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction. 

(c) A certificate of a Lender claiming compensation under this Section 10.3 and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid
to it hereunder shall be conclusive if reasonably determined. In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Borrower shall not be obligated to compensate
any Lender for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 90 days prior to the date the Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of its intention to claim compensation therefor and (b) no Lender shall be entitled to claim any
amounts pursuant to this Section 10.3, unless such Lender is then generally claiming or generally will claim such amounts in similar circumstances under comparable credit facilities with similar provisions to this Section 10.3 to which it
is a party with borrowers that are similarly situated to and of similar creditworthiness to the Borrower. 

  
 62 

Table of Contents

 Section 10.4. Lending Offices. Each Lender may, at its option, elect to make its
Loans hereunder at the branch, office or affiliate specified on the Administration Questionnaire provided by it to the Administrative Agent (each a “Lending Office”) for each type of Loan available hereunder and for the Borrower
hereunder or at such other of its branches, offices or affiliates as it may from time to time elect and designate in a written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. All terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such Lending Office
and the Loans, any Notes issued hereunder shall be deemed held by each Lender for the benefit of any such Lending Office. To the extent reasonably possible, a Lender shall designate an alternative branch or funding office with respect to its Loans
to reduce any liability of the Borrower to such Lender under Section 10.3 hereof or to avoid the unavailability of Eurodollar Loans under Section 10.2 hereof, so long as such designation is not otherwise disadvantageous to the Lender. 

Section 10.5. Discretion of Lender as to Manner of Funding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Lender
shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of its Loans in any manner it sees fit, it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder with respect to Eurodollar Loans shall
be made as if each Lender had actually funded and maintained each Eurodollar Loan through the purchase of deposits in the interbank eurodollar market having a maturity corresponding to such Loan’s Interest Period, and bearing an interest rate
equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period. 
 SECTION 11. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. 

Section 11.1. Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent. Each Lender hereby appoints Bank of America as the
Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents and hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as Administrative Agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent
by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Lenders expressly agree that the Administrative Agent is not acting as a fiduciary of the Lenders in respect of the Loan Documents, the Borrower or otherwise,
and nothing herein or in any of the other Loan Documents shall result in any duties or obligations on the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders except as expressly set forth
herein or therein. 

Section 11.2. Administrative Agent and its Affiliates. The Administrative Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising such rights and power as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent and its affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower as if it were not the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents. The term “Lender” as used herein and in all other
Loan Documents, unless the context otherwise clearly requires, includes the Administrative Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender (if applicable). 

Section 11.3. Action by Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent receives from the Borrower a written notice of an Event
of Default pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly give each of the Lenders written notice thereof. The 

  
 63 

Table of Contents

 
obligations of the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents are only those expressly set forth therein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not
be required to take any action hereunder with respect to any Default or Event of Default, except as expressly provided in Section 9.2. Unless and until the Required Lenders give such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be
obligated to) take or refrain from taking such actions as it deems appropriate and in the best interest of all the Lenders. In; provided that (a) in no event, however, shall the Administrative Agent be required to take
any action or refrain from taking any action in violation of applicable law
or of any provision of any Loan Document, and (b) the Administrative
Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to act hereunder or under any other Loan Document unless it first receives any further assurances of its indemnification from the Lenders that it may require, including prepayment of
any related expenses and any other protection it requires against any and all costs, expense, and liability which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or, continuing to take
or refraining from taking any such action. The Administrative Agent shall
be entitled to assume that no Default or Event of Default exists unless notified in writing to the contrary by a Lender or the Borrower. In all cases in which the Loan Documents do not require the Administrative Agent to take specific action, the
Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in using its discretion in failing to take or in taking any action thereunder. Any instructions of the Required Lenders, or of any other group of Lenders called for under the specific provisions of the
Loan Documents, shall be binding upon all the Lenders and the holders of the Obligations. 
 Section 11.4. Consultation with
Experts. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants, and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the
advice of such counsel, accountants or experts. 
 Section 11.5. Liability of Administrative Agent; Credit Decision. Neither the
Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in connection with the Loan Documents:
(ia) with
 the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders or
(iib) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any
duty to ascertain, inquire into or verify: (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Credit
Eventadvancing of any Loan; (ii) the performance or
observance of any of the covenants or agreements of the Borrower or any Subsidiary contained herein or in any other Loan Document; (iii) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Section 7 hereof, except receipt of items required to
be delivered to the Administrative Agent; or (iv) the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability, perfection, value, worth or collectibilitycollectability hereof or of any other Loan Document or of any other documents or writing
furnished in connection with any Loan Document; and the Administrative Agent makes no representation of any kind or character with respect to any such matter mentioned in this sentence. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under
any of the Loan Documents by or through employees, agents, and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be answerable to the Lenders, the Borrower, or any other Person for the
default or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected with reasonable care. The Administrative Agent shall not incur any 

  
 64 

Table of Contents

 
liability by acting in reliance upon any notice, consent, certificate, other document or statement (whether written or oral) believed by it to be genuine or to be sent by the proper party or
parties. In particular and without limiting any of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility for confirming the accuracy of any compliance certificate or other document or instrument received by it under the Loan
Documents. The Administrative Agent may treat the payee of any Obligation as the holder thereof until written notice of transfer shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent signed by such payee in form satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent. Each Lender acknowledges that it has independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based upon such information, investigations and inquiries as it deems appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
decision to extend credit to the Borrower in the manner set forth in the Loan Documents. It shall be the responsibility of each Lender to keep itself informed as to the creditworthiness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the Administrative
Agent shall have no liability to any Lender with respect thereto. 
 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not,
except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or
obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. 
 Section 11.6. Indemnity.
The Lenders shall ratably, in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, indemnify and hold the Administrative Agent, and its directors, officers, employees, agents, and representatives harmless from and against any liabilities,
losses, costs or expenses suffered or incurred by it under any Loan Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, regardless of when asserted or arising, except to the extent they are promptly reimbursed for the same by the
Borrower and except to the extent that any event giving rise to a claim was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking to be
indemnified as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable judgment. The obligations of the Lenders under this Section shall survive termination of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to offset amounts received for the account of a Lender under this
Agreement against unpaid amounts due from such Lender to the Administrative Agent (whether as indemnities or otherwise, and with any amounts offset for the benefit of the Administrative Agent to be held by it for its own account), but shall not be
entitled to offset against amounts owed to the Administrative Agent by any Lender arising outside of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. 

Section 11.7. Resignation of Administrative Agent and Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign at any
time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent, subject to the consent (which shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Borrower if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders, and shall have accepted such
appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation then the retiring Administrative Agent mayshall use commercially reasonable efforts to, on behalf of the Lenders, 

  
 65 

Table of Contents

 
immediately appoint a
successor Administrative Agent, which may be any Lender hereunder or, with the consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Borrower if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, any commercial bank, or an
Affiliate of a commercial bank, having an office in the United States of America and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $200,000,000. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor
Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, the retiring Administrative Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations thereunder
withinon the earlier of the date upon which
the successor Administrative Agent assumes its duties and the day that is sixty
(60) days after
the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving notice of resignation. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 11 and all protective provisions of the other
Loan Documents shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent, but no successor Administrative Agent shall in any event be liable or responsible for any actions of its predecessor.
If the Administrative Agent resigns and no successor is appointed, the rights and obligations of such Administrative Agent shall be automatically assumed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower shall be directed to make all payments due each Lender
hereunder directly to such Lender. 
 Section 11.8.
Guaranty Matters. The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the
Guarantee (a) if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction not prohibited by the Loan Documents, (b) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 4.3 and (c) in the
circumstances described in Section 11.10. [Reserved].

 Section 11.9. Designation of Additional Agents. At any time and from time to time one or more of the Lenders (and/or
its or their Affiliates) may be designated as “syndication agents,” “documentation agents,” “book runners,” “lead arrangers,” “arrangers,” “co-agents,” or other designations for purposes
hereto, but such designation shall have no substantive effect, and neither the Lead Arrangers, syndication agents or co-agents named herein nor any such Lenders and their Affiliates shall have any additional powers, duties or responsibilities as a
result of being named herein or of being so designated. 
 Section 11.10. The Intercreditor Agreement. The Administrative Agent is herebywas irrevocably authorized by the Lenders to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of each of the Lenders and
tois hereby authorized take such action and exercise such powers under the Intercreditor Agreement as the Administrative Agent considers appropriate, provided
that except as described in the following proviso, the Administrative Agent
shall not amend the Intercreditor Agreement unless (a) such amendment is agreed to in writing by the Required Lenders, or (b) such amendment is necessary as a result of an amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement that has
been approved by the Required Lenders; provided further that following the payment in full of the Private Placement Notes, the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into such amendments or modifications to the Intercreditor Agreement
and to take any other actions as shall be necessary to terminate the
Intercreditor Agreement concurrently with either (x) the termination of the Intercreditor
 

  
 66 

Table of Contents

 
Agreement by each other party thereto or
(y) the release of all Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) from their guarantees of the Guarantied Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement)at any time. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that it (and any assignee of such
Lender) will be bound by the terms and conditions of the Intercreditor Agreement upon the execution and delivery thereof by the Administrative Agent. Except as otherwise specifically provided for herein, no Lender other than the Administrative Agent shall have the right to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law for the enforcement of any
remedy under the Intercreditor Agreement; it being understood and intended that all proceedings at law or in equity shall be instituted, had, and maintained by the Administrative Agent in the manner provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement for
the benefit of the Lenders. 

Section 
11.11. 11.11. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Partythe Borrower, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any
Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such
proceeding or otherwise: 
 (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in
respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.1 and 13.15)
allowed in such judicial proceeding; and 
 (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and to distribute the same; 
 and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any
amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.1 and 13.15. 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding. 

  
 67 

Table of Contents

 SECTION 12.
THE
GUARANTEES[RESERVED
]. 

Section 12.1. The Guarantees. To induce the Lenders to provide the credits
described herein and in consideration of benefits expected to accrue to the Borrower by reason of the Commitments and the Loans and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, each Guarantor party hereto
(including any such Subsidiary executing an Additional Guarantor Supplement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F or such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees jointly and severally
to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, the due and punctual payment of all present and future Obligations of the Borrower, in each case as and when the same shall become due and payable,
whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, according to the terms hereof or any other applicable Loan Document (including all interest, costs, fees, and charges after the entry of an order for relief against the Borrower or such
other obligor in a case under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar proceeding, whether or not such interest, costs, fees and charges would be an allowed claim against the Borrower or any such obligor in any such proceeding). In case of
failure by the Borrower punctually to pay any Obligations guaranteed hereby, each Guarantor of the Borrower’s Obligations under this Section 12.1 hereby unconditionally agrees to make such payment or to cause such payment to be made
punctually as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Borrower. 

Section 12.2. Guarantee Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor under
this Section 12 shall be unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged, or otherwise affected by: 

(a) any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver,
or release in respect of any obligation of the Borrower or other obligor or of any other guarantor under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or by operation of law or otherwise;

 (b) any modification or amendment of or
supplement to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; 
 (c) any change in the corporate existence, structure, or ownership of, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, or other similar proceeding affecting, the Borrower or other obligor,
any other guarantor, or any of their respective assets, or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Borrower or other obligor or of any other guarantor contained in any Loan Document;  
 (d) the
existence of any claim, set-off, or other rights which the Borrower or other obligor or any other guarantor may have at any time against the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Person, whether or not
arising in connection herewith; 
 (e) any failure to assert, or any assertion of, any claim or demand or any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any rights or remedies against the Borrower or other obligor, any other
guarantor, or any other Person or Property; 

  
 68 

Table of Contents

 (f) any
application of any sums by whomsoever paid or howsoever realized to any obligation of the Borrower or other obligor, regardless of what obligations of the Borrower or other obligor remain unpaid; 

(g) any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against
the Borrower or other obligor or any other guarantor for any reason of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Borrower or other obligor or any other
guarantor of the principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount payable under the Loan Documents; or 

(h) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind
by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Person or any other circumstance
whatsoever that might, but for the provisions of this paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the obligations of any Guarantor under this Section 12. 

Each Guaranty hereunder shall be a guaranty of payment and not of
collection. 

Section 12.3. Discharge Only upon Payment in Full; Reinstatement in Certain
Circumstances. Subject to Sections 4.3 and 11.8, each Guarantor’s obligations under this Section 12 shall remain in full force and effect until (i) the Commitments are terminated and the principal of and interest on the Loans and
all other amounts payable by the Borrower and Guarantors under this Agreement and all other Loan Documents (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) have been paid or (ii) with respect to any
Guarantor, if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction not prohibited under the Loan Documents. If at any time any payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amount payable by the Borrower or other
obligor or any Guarantor under the Loan Documents is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Borrower or other obligor or of any guarantor, or otherwise, each Guarantor’s
obligations under this Section 12 with respect to such payment shall be reinstated at such time as though such payment had become due but had not been made at such time. 

Section 12.4. Subrogation. Each Guarantor agrees it will not exercise any rights
which it may acquire by way of subrogation by any payment made hereunder, or otherwise, until all the Obligations shall have been paid in full subsequent to the termination of all the Commitments. If any amount shall be paid to a Guarantor on
account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the payment in full of the Obligations and all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder and the other Loan Documents (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim
has been made) and the termination of the Commitments, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or be
credited and applied upon the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

Section 12.5. Waivers. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof,
presentment, demand, protest, and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Person against the Borrower or other obligor, another
guarantor, or any other Person. 

  
 69 

Table of Contents

 Section 12.6. Limit on Recovery.
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the right of recovery against each Guarantor under this Section 12 shall not exceed $1.00 less than the lowest amount which would render such Guarantor’s obligations under this Section 12
void or voidable under applicable law, including, without limitation, fraudulent conveyance law. 

Section 12.7. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of
any amount payable by the Borrower or other obligor under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or such obligor, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under
the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall nonetheless be payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Administrative Agent made at the request of the Required Lenders. 
 Section 12.8. Benefit to
Guarantors. The Borrower and the Guarantors are engaged in related businesses and integrated to such an extent that the financial strength and flexibility of the Borrower has a direct impact on the success of each Guarantor. Each Guarantor will
derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the extensions of credit hereunder. 
 Section 12.9. Guarantor Covenants. Each Guarantor shall take such action as the Borrower is required by this Agreement to cause such Guarantor to take, and shall refrain
from taking such action as the Borrower is required by this Agreement to prohibit such Guarantor from taking. 
  

	 	SECTION	13. MISCELLANEOUS. 

 Section 13.1. Taxes. (a) Payments Free of
Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes. 
 (i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation
of any Loan Partythe Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Lawslaw. If any applicable
Lawslaw (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Administrative Agent or Loan Partythe Borrower) require the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by
the Administrative Agent or a Loan Partythe
Borrower, then the Administrative Agent or such Loan Partythe Borrower shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding, upon the basis of
the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below. 
 (ii) If any Loan Partythe Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall be required by applicable law to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) such Loan
Partythe Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall withhold or
make such deductions as are determined by such Loan
Partythe Borrower or the Administrative Agent to be required based
upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) such Loan Partythe Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or
deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Loan PartyBorrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions for Indemnified Taxes (including deductions for Indemnified Taxes applicable to additional sums
payable under this 

  
 70 

Table of Contents

 
Section 13.1) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction of Indemnified Taxes been made. 

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower, shall timely
pay or cause the relevant Loan Party to pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law,
or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes. 
 (c) Tax Indemnifications.

 (i) Without duplication of any additional amounts paid pursuant to Section 13.1(a), the Borrower shall, or shall cause the relevant Loan Party to, indemnify each Recipient, and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten
(10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 13.1) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to
be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental
Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive
absent manifest error. In the event such certificate reflects Indemnified Taxes that were paid by the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority, the Administrative Agent shall also deliver to the Borrower the original or a certified copy of a
receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Lawslaw to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory the
Borrower. 
 (ii) Each Lender shall severally indemnify, and shall make payment in respect thereof within ten (10) days after
demand therefor, (x) the Administrative Agent against any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Partythe Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified
Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan
PartiesBorrower to do so), (y) the Administrative Agent and
the Loan PartiesBorrower, as applicable, against any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 13.11 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (z) the
Administrative Agent and the Loan
PartiesBorrower, as applicable, against any Excluded Taxes
attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent or a Loan Partythe Borrower in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising
therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the
Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other
Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (ii). 

  
 71 

Table of Contents

 (d) Evidence of Payments. Upon request by the Administrative Agent, after any payment of
Taxes by any Loan Partythe Borrower to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 13.1, such Loan Partythe Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy
of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Lawslaw to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent. 
 (e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation. 

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document
shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the
Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other
documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or
information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 13.1(e)(ii)(A),
(ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or
commercial position of such Lender. 
 (ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing: 

(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person (or, if such Lender is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal tax purposes,
the Person treated as its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a
Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), duly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender or such U.S. Person, as
applicable, is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax; 
 (B) any Foreign Lender (or, if such Foreign Lender is disregarded as an
entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal tax purposes, the Person treated as its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such
number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative
Agent), whichever of the following is applicable: 

  
 72 

Table of Contents

 (1) duly completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable,
establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty; 
 (2) duly
completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI; 
 (3) in the case of a Foreign Lender (or, if such Foreign Lender is disregarded as
an entity separate from its owner for U.S. federal tax purposes, the Person treated as its owner for U.S. federal tax purposes) claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a
certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender (or such other Person) is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the
Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) duly
completed and executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, as applicable; 
 (4) duly completed and executed originals of IRS Form
W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 or Exhibit I-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable;
provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit I-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner; 
 (C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent
it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and
from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal
withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and 

(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender
were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time
or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such
additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied
with such Lender’s 

  
 73 

Table of Contents

 
obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA
after the date of this Agreement. 
 (iii) Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this
Section 13.1 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall promptly (x) update such form or certification or (y) notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. 

(iv) Each Lender shall promptly (A) notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or
render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) if, pursuant to Section 13.1, any Lender becomes entitled to (I) receive from the Borrower any payment of any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts or (II) have the Borrower
pay to any GovernmentGovernmental Authority for the account of such Lender any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts, then, in each case, such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) take such steps as shall not be disadvantageous to it,
in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable
Lawslaw of any jurisdiction that the Borrower or the Administrative Agent make any withholding or deduction for Taxes from amounts payable to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket
costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such re-designation. 
 (f) Treatment of Certain Refunds.
Unless required by applicable Lawslaw, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from
funds paid for the account of such Lender. If any Recipient determines in its sole discretion (which shall be exercised in good faith) that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Partythe Borrower or with respect to which any Loan
Partythe Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this
Section 13.1, it shall pay to such Loan
Partythe Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the
extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Loan
Partythe Borrower under this Section 13.1 with respect to the
Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund),;
provided that the Loan
PartyBorrower, upon the request of the Recipient, agrees to repay
the amount paid over to the Loan
PartyBorrower (plus any penalties, interest (to the extent accrued
from the date such refund is paid over to the Loan
PartyBorrower) or other charges imposed by the relevant
Governmental Authority) to the Recipient in the event the Recipient is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will a Recipient be required to pay any
amount to a Loan Partythe Borrower pursuant to this paragraph (f) to the extent such payment would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the Recipient would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and
giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This subsection shall not be construed to require any Recipient to
make available its Tax returns 

  
 74 

Table of Contents

 
(or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Partythe Borrower or any other Person. 

(g) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 13.1 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the
Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. 

Section 13.2. No Waiver, Cumulative Remedies. (a) No delay or failure on the part of the Administrative Agent or any
Lender, or on the part of the holder or holders of any of the Obligations, in the exercise of any power or right under any Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof or as an acquiescence in any default, nor shall any single or partial exercise
of any power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. The rights and remedies hereunder of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and of the holder or holders of any of the Obligations are
cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies which any of them would otherwise have. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in
connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 9.2 and 9.3 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit
(a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any Lender from exercising
setoff rights in accordance with Section 13.16 (subject to the terms of Section 13.7) or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to
any Loan Party under any bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) and
(c) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 13.7, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders. 

Section 13.3. Non-Business Days. If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable
on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date of such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day on which date such payment shall be due and payable. In the case of any payment of principal falling due on a day which is not a
Business Day, interest on such principal amount shall continue to accrue during such extension at the rate per annum then in effect, which accrued amount shall be due and payable on the next scheduled date for the payment of interest. 

Section 13.4. [Reserved]. 

  
 75 

Table of Contents

 Section 13.5. Survival of Representations. All representations and warranties made
herein or in any other Loan Document or in certificates given pursuant hereto or thereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the date as
of which they were made as long as any credit is in use or available hereunder. 
 Section 13.6. Survival of Indemnities. All
indemnities and other provisions relative to reimbursement to the Lenders of amounts sufficient to protect the yield of the Lenders with respect to the Loans, including, but not limited to, Sections 1.12, 10.3, and 13.15 hereof, shall survive
the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the payment of the Obligations. 
 Section 13.7. Sharing of Set-Off. Each Lender agrees with each other Lender a party hereto that if such Lender shall receive and retain any payment, whether by set-off or application of deposit
balances or otherwise, on any of the Loans in excess of its ratable share of payments on all such Obligations then outstanding to the Lenders, then such Lender shall purchase for cash at face value, but without recourse, ratably from each of the
other Lenders such amount of the Loans, or participations therein, held by each such other Lenders (or interest therein) as shall be necessary to cause such Lender to share such excess payment ratably with all the other Lenders; provided,
however, that (i) if any such purchase is made by any Lender, and if such excess payment or part thereof is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, the related purchases from the other Lenders shall be rescinded ratably and the
purchase price restored as to the portion of such excess payment so recovered, but without interest and (ii) the provisions of this Section 13.7 shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by anythe
Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds from the existence of a Defaulting Lender or pursuant to Section 1.15) or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as
consideration for the assignment of a sale or participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 13.7 shall apply). 

Section 13.8. Notices. Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be in
writing (including, without limitation, notice by e-mail or telecopy) and shall be given to the relevant party at its physical address, e-mail address or (other than notices to the
Borrower or any Guarantor) telecopier number set forth below, or such other physical address, e-mail address or telecopier
number as such party may hereafter specify by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower given by courier, by United States certified or registered mail, by telecopy or by e-mail. Notices under the Loan Documents to any Lender shall be
addressed to its physical address, e-mail or telecopier number set forth on its Administrative Questionnaire; notices under the Loan Documents to the Borrower or any Guarantor
shall be addressed to its respective physical address or, e-mail
or telecopier number set forth below; and notices under the Loan Documents
to the Administrative Agent shall be addressed to its physical address, telecopy or e-mail set forth below 

  
 76 

Table of Contents

			
	         to the Borrower or any Guarantor:

 
         One Strawberry Lane

        Orrville, Ohio 44667

        Attention: Treasurer

        Telephone: (330) 684-3000

        E-Mail:
treasury.team@jmsmucker.com
	  	 to the Administrative Agent:
  

Bank of America, N.A.
 101 N. Tryon Street

Charlotte, NC 28255
 Attention:
David CochranMonique Haley
 Telephone: (980) 386388-82011043

 Telecopy: (704)
719-54408510
 E-Mail: david.a.cochranEmail: monique.haley@baml.com

Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopier (other than notices to the Borrower or any Guarantor) or e-mail, when such telecopy or e-mail is transmitted to the telecopier number or e-mail address specified in
this Section 13.8 or in the relevant Administrative Questionnaire and,
in the case of a telecopy, a confirmation of such telecopy has been received by the sender, (ii) if given by mail, 5 days after such communication is deposited in the mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, addressed
as aforesaid or (iii) if given by any other means when delivered at the addresses specified in this
Section 13.8 or in the relevant Administrative Questionnaire;
provided that any notice given pursuant to Section 1 hereof shall be effective only upon receipt. 
 THEEACH PLATFORM
 IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF
THEA PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR
THEA PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related PartiesPersons (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the
Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the
Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials or
notices through the platforma
Platform, any other electronic platform or electronic messaging service, or through the
Internet, except to the extent resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any Agent Party or any of
its Related Persons, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court with competent jurisdiction. 

The Administrative Agent and the Lenders
shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic notices and Notice of Borrowings) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or
were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms 

  
 77 

Table of Contents

 
thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.
The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent each Lender and the Related Persons of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of
the Borrower, except to the extent such losses, costs, expenses and liabilities arise from any such Person’s (or any of its Related Persons’) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable
judgment of a court with competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and
each of the parties
hereto hereby consents to such recording. 

Section 13.9. Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the
different parties hereto on separate counterpart signature pages, and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. The words “execution,” “execute”, “signed,”
“signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and AcceptancesAcceptance, amendments or other
modifications, Notices of Borrowing, amendments or other waivers
and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of
which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal
Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it. 

Section 13.10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns permitted hereby. TheExcept to the extent
provided in Section 8.10 hereof, the Borrower and the Guarantors may not assign any of
theirits rights or obligations under any Loan Document without the written consent of all of the Lenders. No Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with
Section 13.12. 
 Section 13.11. Participants. Each Lender shall have the right at its own cost to grant
participations (to be evidenced by one or more agreements or certificates of participation) in the Loans made and/or Commitments held by such Lender at any time and from time to time to one or more other Persons; provided that (a) no such participation shall relieve any Lender of any of its obligations under
this Agreement, and, provided, further
that(b) no such participant shall have any rights under this
Agreement except as provided in this Section 13.11, and (c) the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation or responsibility to such
participant. Any agreement pursuant to which such participation is granted shall provide that the granting Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility
to enforce the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents including, without limitation, the right to approve any 

  
 78 

Table of Contents

 
amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents, except that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not agree to any modification, amendment or waiver of the
Loan Documents that would reduce the amount of or postpone any fixed date for payment of any Obligation in which such participant has an interest. Any party to which such a participation has been granted shall have the benefits of Section 1.12,
Section 10.3 and Section 13.1 (subject to the obligations and limitations of such Sections (and the compliance of such participant therewith as if it were a Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by
assignment pursuant to Section 13.12) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 13.1(e) shall be delivered to the Lender who sells the participation). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for
this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other
obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any
information relating to a participant’s interest in any commitments, loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan or other
obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is
recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent)
shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 13.11, no such participation shall be made to the Borrower or
any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries, a natural person, or a Defaulting Lender or a Person that would be a Defaulting
Lender if it were a Lender. 
 Section 13.12. Assignments.
(a) Any Lender may at any time assign all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such
assignment shall be subject to the following conditions: 
 (i) Minimum Amounts. (A) In the case of an assignment of the entire
remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and (B) in any case
not described in subsection (a)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such
assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Effective Date” is specified in the Assignment and Acceptance, as of the “Effective
Date”) shall not be less than $5,000,000, unless each of the
Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default described in Section 9.1(a), 9.1(j) or 9.1(k) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); 

  
 79 

Table of Contents

 (ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a
proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned. 

(iii) Required Consents. The consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be
required for all assignments. In addition, the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed with respect to assignments made from the Closing Date after giving
effect to the funding of the Loans) shall be required (i) prior to the Closing Date, to the extent the assignment
is not to a Permitted Assignee or an Affiliate (engaged in the business of making commercial loans) thereof and (ii) from the Closing Date (after giving effect to the funding of the Loans), unless (x) an Event of Default described in Section 9.1(a), 9.1(j) and
9.1(k) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate (engaged in the business of making commercial loans) of a Lender or an
Approved Fund. The Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment after the Closing Date if it shall
have failed to respond to a request for consent within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of written request for such consent from the Administrative Agent. 

(iv) Assignment and Acceptance. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and
Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (unless waived by the Administrative Agent), and the assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire. 

(v) No Assignment to Borrower or Affiliates. No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

 (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person. 

(vii) No Prohibited Transaction. No such assignment shall be made if such assignment would result in a prohibited transaction under
Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. 
 (vii) No Assignment to Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Section 13,1213.12, no such assignment shall be made to a Defaulting Lender or a Person that would be a Defaulting Lender if it were a Lender. 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 13.12(b) hereof, from and after the effective
date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this
Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of
the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 13.6 and 13.15 with respect to

  
 80 

Table of Contents

 
facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with
this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 13.11 hereof. 

(b) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its
offices in New York City, New York, a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing by the
Borrower to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name
is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. 
 (c) Any Lender may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in
all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any such pledge or grant to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or grant of a security interest;
provided that no such pledge or grant of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or secured party for such Lender as a party hereto; provided further, however, that the right of any such pledgee or grantee (other than any Federal Reserve Bank or
another similarly situated institution) to further transfer all or any portion of the rights pledged or granted to it, whether by means of foreclosure or otherwise, shall be at all times subject to the terms of this Agreement. 

Section 13.13. Amendments. Any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents may be amended or waived if such amendment
or waiver is in writing (with an executed copy thereof promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent if not otherwise a party thereto) and is signed by (a) the Borrower, (b) the Required Lenders, and (c) if the rights or duties of
the Administrative Agent are affected thereby, the Administrative Agent; provided that: 
 (i) no amendment or waiver
pursuant to this Section 13.13 shall (A) increase or extend any Commitment, or extend the Maturity Date, of any Lender without the consent of such Lender or (B) reduce the amount of or postpone the date for any scheduled payment of
any principal of or interest on any Loan or of any fee payable hereunder without the consent of the Lender to which such payment is owing or which has committed to make or holds such Loan hereunder; 

(ii) no amendment or waiver pursuant to this Section 13.13 shall, unless signed by each Lender, change the definition of
Required Lenders, change the provisions of this Section 13.13, change any provision hereof in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments or reduction of the Commitments, release any material guarantor (except as otherwise
provided for in the Loan Documents) or affect the number of Lenders required to take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document; 

  
 81 

Table of Contents

 (iii) no amendment to Section 12 hereof shall be made without the consent of
the Guarantor(s) affected thereby; and 

(iv) the Fee Letter may be amended or its provisions waived with only the consent of the Borrower and of Bank of America;.

 and provided further that no such consent or written
agreement of any Person other than the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall be required in connection with an amendment of the type described in Section 8.16. 

Section 13.14. Headings. Section headings used in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the
construction of this Agreement. 
 Section 13.15. Costs and Expenses; Indemnification. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay all
reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent and of each Lead Arranger in connection with the preparation, due diligence, negotiation, syndication, and administration of the Loan Documents (including, but not
limited to, the reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel, which shall be limited to one counsel to the Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent, and of any special and local (but limited to one in any relevant jurisdiction) counsel to the Lenders required to be retained by the Lead Arrangers
and in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest, one additional counsel for all similarly situated personsPersons, taken as a whole in each appropriate jurisdiction) (whether or not the
transactions contemplated herein are consummated). The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, each Lead Arranger and each Lender, all out-of-pocket costs and expenses reasonably incurred or paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lead
Arranger, such Lender, or any such holder, including reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs, in connection with the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred in
connection with any proceeding under the United States Bankruptcy Code involving the Borrower or any Guarantor as a
debtor thereunder) or in connection with any work-out or restructuring in respect of the Obligations hereunder. 
 (b) The Borrower
further agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lead Arranger and each Lender and each of their Affiliates and successors and assigns and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, financial advisors, controlling personsPersons, consultants and other representatives (each such Person being called an “Indemnified Person”) from and against all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities and expenses
(including, without limitation, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of counsel for any such Indemnified Person(which charges shall be limited charges of one counsel to all Indemnitees, taken together, and of any special and local (but limited to one
in any relevant jurisdiction) counsel to the such Indemnitees required to be retained and in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest among Indemnitees, one additional counsel for all similarly situated Persons, taken as a whole in
each appropriate jurisdiction) and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of litigation or preparation therefor, whether or not the Indemnified Person is a party thereto, or any
settlement arrangement arising from or relating to any such litigation) which any of them may pay or incur 

  
 82 

Table of Contents

 
arising out of or relating to any Loan Document or any of the transactions contemplated thereby or the direct or indirect application or proposed application of the proceeds of any Loan or any
actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any Property owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any liability under any Environmental Law, except, in each case, (i) to the extent such losses, claims,
damages, penalties, judgments, liabilities and expenses resulted from such Indemnified Person’s or any of its Related Persons’ gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court
with competent jurisdiction, (ii) to the extent resulting from any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding that does not involve the act or omission of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates and that is brought by an Indemnified Person
solely against another Indemnified Person, other than claims against the Lead Arrangers or Administrative Agent in its capacity in fulfilling its role as such or (iii) to the extent arising from a material breach by such Indemnified Person or
any of its Related Persons of its obligations under this Agreement as found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court with competent jurisdiction. 

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Borrower shall not, nor any Guarantor norshall any Indemnified Person or any Indemnified Person’s Related Person shallPersons, assert, and each such Person hereby waives, any claim against any other such
Person on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or
actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of
the proceeds thereof; provided that this
sentenceclause (c) shall not limit the indemnity obligations of the Borrower or any Guarantor
hereunder. The obligations of the Borrower under this
Section 13.15 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 Section 13.16. Set-Off. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under the Loan Documents or applicable law
and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, each Lender, each subsequent holder of any Obligation, and each of their respective affiliates, is hereby authorized by the Borrower and each Guarantor at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Borrower, any Guarantor or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to
set-off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including, but not limited to, indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, and in whatever
currency denominated, but not including trust accounts) and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by that Lender, subsequent holder, or affiliate, to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or such Guarantor, whether or not matured, against and on account of the Obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor to that Lender or subsequent holder under the Loan Documents, including, but not limited to, all claims of any
nature or description arising out of or connected with the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not (a) that Lender or subsequent holder shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) the principal of or the interest on the Loans and
other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to Section 9 and although said obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured. 

  
 83 

Table of Contents

 Section 13.17. Entire Agreement. The Loan Documents constitute the entire
understanding of the parties thereto with respect to the subject matter thereof and any prior agreements, whether written or oral, with respect thereto are superseded hereby. 

Section 13.18. Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents (except as otherwise specified therein), and the rights
and duties of the parties hereto, shall be construed and determined in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York; provided that the laws of the State of Delaware shall govern in determining (a) the interpretation of
“Blue Material Adverse Effect” and whether a Blue Material Adverse Effect has occurred, (b) the accuracy of any Blue Acquisition Agreement Representation and whether as a result of a breach thereof, the Borrower or any Subsidiary has
the right to terminate the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries’ obligations under the Blue Acquisition Agreement, or to decline to consummate the Blue Acquisition pursuant to the Blue Acquisition Agreement and (c) whether the Blue
Acquisition has been consummated in accordance with the Blue Acquisition Agreement. 
 Section 13.19. Severability of
Provisions. Any provision of any Loan Document which is unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the
validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, it being understood that the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with legal, valid
and enforceable provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as
possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. All rights, remedies and powers provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be exercised only to the extent that the exercise thereof does not violate any
applicable mandatory provisions of law, and all the provisions of this Agreement and other Loan Documents are intended to be subject to all applicable mandatory provisions of law which may be controlling and to be limited to the extent necessary so
that they will not render this Agreement or the other Loan Documents invalid or unenforceable. 
 Section 13.20. Excess
Interest. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, no such provision shall require the payment or permit the collection of any amount of interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest
permitted by applicable law to be charged for the use or detention, or the forbearance in the collection, of all or any portion of the Loans or other obligations outstanding under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (“Excess
Interest”). If any Excess Interest is provided for, or is adjudicated to be provided for, herein or in any other Loan Document, then in such event (a) the provisions of this Section shall govern and control, (b) neither the
Borrower nor any guarantor or endorser shall be obligated to pay any Excess Interest, (c) any Excess Interest that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have received hereunder shall, at the option of the Administrative Agent, be
(i) applied as a credit against the then outstanding principal amount of Obligations hereunder and accrued and unpaid interest thereon (not to exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law), (ii) refunded to the Borrower, or
(iii) any combination of the foregoing, (d) the interest rate payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be automatically subject to reduction to the maximum lawful contract rate allowed under applicable usury laws (the
“Maximum Rate”), and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been, and shall be, reformed and modified to reflect such reduction in the 

  
 84 

Table of Contents

 
relevant interest rate, and (e) neither the Borrower nor any guarantor or endorser shall have any action against the Administrative Agent or any Lender for any damages whatsoever arising out
of the payment or collection of any Excess Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any period of time interest on any of the Borrower’s Obligations is calculated at the Maximum Rate rather than the applicable rate under this Agreement,
and thereafter such applicable rate becomes less than the Maximum Rate, the rate of interest payable on the Borrower’s Obligations shall remain at the Maximum Rate until the Lenders have received the amount of interest which such Lenders would
have received during such period on the Borrower’s Obligations had the rate of interest not been limited to the Maximum Rate during such period. 

Section 13.21. Construction. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Loan Documents shall not be construed more favorably in
favor of any party hereto based upon which party drafted the same, it being acknowledged that all parties hereto contributed substantially to the negotiation of the Loan Documents. The provisions of this Agreement relating to Subsidiaries shall only
apply during such times as the Borrower has one or more Subsidiaries. 
 Section 13.22. Lender’s Obligations Several. The
obligations of the Lenders hereunder are several and not joint. Nothing contained in this Agreement and no action taken by the Lenders pursuant hereto shall be deemed to constitute the Lenders a partnership, association, joint venture or other
entity. 
 Section 13.23. [Reserved]. 

Section 13.24. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the
exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or
Federalfederal court of the United States of America sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or
any other action, proceeding or counterclaim between the Borrower and an Indemnified Person arising out of or relating to, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. The parties hereto irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of any such
suit, action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. The parties hereto agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by registered mail addressed to the applicable party shall be effective service of process
against such party for any suit, action or proceeding relating to any such dispute. The parties hereto irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any
such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court may be enforced in
any other courts to whose jurisdiction any party hereto is or may be subject by suit upon judgment. THE BORROWER, THE
GUARANTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND
THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY
LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. 

Section 13.25. USA Patriot Act; Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering). Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the
USA Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify, and record 

  
 85 

Table of Contents

 
information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance
with the USA Patriot Act. 

Section 13.26. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders severally agrees to maintain the confidentiality
of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other expert advisors to the extent any such
Person has a need to know such Information (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will first be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to
the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent or
Lender subject to such disclosure, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (in which case the Administrative Agent or Lender subject to such disclosure agrees to inform you
promptly thereof prior to such disclosure to the extent not prohibited by law, rule or regulation), (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit,
action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (A) any
assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction
relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary and its obligations, (g) with the prior written consent of the Borrower, (h) to the extent such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section,
(B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their directors, officers, employees or
agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors, or (C) is independently developed by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (i) to rating agencies if requested or required by such agencies in connection with a rating
relating to the Loans or Commitments hereunder, (j) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense or (k) to entities which compile and publish information about the syndicated loan market,;
provided that only basic information about the pricing and structure of the transaction evidenced hereby may be disclosed pursuant to this subsection (k). For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information
received from the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or from any other Person on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses or the Blue Acquired Business or any of its
Subsidiaries. The respective obligations of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 13.26 shall survive, to the extent applicable to such Person, for a period of two years after the earliest of (x) the payment in full
of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement, (y) any assignment of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and (z) in the case of the Administrative Agent, its resignation or removal. 

Section 13.27. Intercreditor Agreement. Upon the request of
theThe Administrative Agent, at any time on or after the Closing Date but only to the extent that the statements to be included in such certificate are true and correct at such time, the Borrower shall furnish to
each 

  
 86 

Table of Contents

 
of the parties specified for delivery of such
joinder and certificate in Section 6.12(b) of the Intercreditor Agreement, a copy of a joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement executed by the Administrative Agent and a certificate of the Borrower certifying the Debt evidenced by this Agreement
is permitted under the terms of the Bank Credit Agreements (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and the Additional Primary Senior Debt Agreements (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) then in effect and that no Event of Default (as
defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) (or any event that with the giving of notice or passage of time would be an Event of Default) is then in
existence.the direction of the Required Lenders, and the Lenders party to Amendment No. 1 (which constitute
Required Lenders) hereby consent to the termination of the Intercreditor
Agreement. 
 Section 13.28. No Fiduciary Duty. The Borrower and each Guarantor agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in
connection therewith, the Borrower and such Guarantor and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative
Agent, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders or their respective
Affiliates and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or communications. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW] 

  
 87 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE 8.7 

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND GUARANTIES 

 

	1.	Notes and Accompanying Guaranties. 

  

	 	a.	$24,000,000500,000,000 in principal amount of
6.121.75% Senior Notes due November 1, 2015.March 15, 2018 

  

	 	i.	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2008, by J.M. Smucker LLC in favor of the
Noteholders (as defined therein). 

  

	 	ii.	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2008, by The Folgers Coffee Company in favor of the Noteholders (as defined therein). 

 

	 	b.	$389,600,000500,000,000 in principal amount of
6.632.50% Senior Notes due November 1, 2018.March 15, 2020 

  

	 	i.	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of October 23, 2008, by J.M. Smucker LLC in favor of the Noteholders (as defined therein). 

 

	 	ii.	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2008, by The Folgers Coffee Company in favor of the Noteholders (as defined therein). 

 

	 	c.	$300,000,000750,000,000 in principal amount of
5.553.50% Senior Notes due April1,
2022.October 15, 2021 

  

	 	i.	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2007, by J.M. Smucker LLC in favor of the Noteholders (as defined therein). 

 

	 	ii.	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2008, by The Folgers Coffee Company in favor of the Noteholders (as defined therein). 

 

	 	d.	$400,000,000 in principal amount of 4.503.00% Senior Notes due
June 1, 2025.March 15, 2022 

 

	 	i.	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2010, by J.M. Smucker LLC in favor of the Noteholders (as defined therein). 

 

	 	ii.	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2010, by The Folgers Coffee Company in favor of the Noteholders (as defined therein). 

 

	 	e.	$802,200,0001,000,000,000 in principal amount of 3.50% Senior
Public Notes due OctoberMarch 15, 2021.2025 

  

	 	i.	First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2011, among The J. M. Smucker Company (as issuer), The Folgers Coffee Company (as guarantor), J.M. Smucker LLC (as guarantor), and
U.S. Bank National Association (as trustee). 

  

	 	f.	$650,000,000 in principal amount of 4.25% Senior Notes due March 15, 2035 

 

	 	g.	$600,000,000 in principal amount of 4.38% Senior Notes due March 15, 2045 

  
 88 

Table of Contents

	2.	Overdraft Line of Credit. Amounts outstanding under that certain Overdraft Line of Credit between Bank of Montreal and Smucker Foods of Canada Corp. in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $20,000,000. 

  

	3.	Capitalized Lease Obligations. 

  

	 	a.	Capitalized Lease Obligations. As of January 31, 2015, Smucker Foods of Canada Corp.
had: as of July 31, 2017, approximately
$194,00051,000 of Capitalized Lease Obligations, primarily for information
technology equipment. 

  

	 	b.	Borrower: as of July 31, 2017, approximately $5,906,000 of Capitalized Lease Obligations 

 

	4.	Industrial Revenue Bonds. The Folger Coffee Company has indebtedness under the following lease agreement in connection with certain Industrial Revenue Bonds listed below. 

 

	 	a.	A Lease Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2003, between St. Tammany Parish Economic and Industrial Development District and The Folger Coffee Company in connection with $25,000,0000 St. Tammany Parish Economic and
Industrial Development District Taxable Revenue Bonds (The Folger Coffee Company Project) Series 2003. 

  

	5.	Ohio Department of Development Loan. Cognovit Promissory Note dated December 28, 2010 between the Borrower (as obligor) and the Director of Development of the State of Ohio in principal amount outstanding, as of February 28, 2015July 31,
2017, of approximately $1,161,370863,727. 

 

	6.	Letter of Credit Facilities. The Borrower has obligations under bilateral credit arrangements with the Persons listed below (with the face
amount of letters of credit described below as of July 31, 2017). 

  

	 	a.	BMO Harris Bank N. A. has issued six (6) standby letters of credit in an aggregate face amount of US $5,497,376.20.

  

	 	b.	Bank of Montreal has issued one (1) standby letter of credit in the aggregate face amount of CAD 168,398.87.

  

	 	c.	Bank of America has issued two (2) standby letters of credit in the aggregate face amount of US $16,200,000.00.

  

	 	d.	J.P. Morgan has issued two (2) standby letters of credit in the aggregate face amount of US $336,517.61. 

 

	7.	Big Heart Research and Development Loan. Amounts committed under that certain Loan
Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2016, between the Director of the
Ohio Development Services Agency and Big Heart Pet, Inc., and the guarantee thereof by the Borrower. The aggregate principal amount committed as of the date hereof is $2,000,000.00. 

  
 89 

Table of Contents

	8.	Commercial Paper. Amounts outstanding in respect of commercial paper issued by the Borrower. As of July 31, 2017, the aggregate
principal amount of such commercial paper was $284,000,000.00. 

  
 90 

Table of Contents

 EXHIBIT E 

THE J. M. SMUCKER COMPANY 

FORM
OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 
  

	To:	Bank of America, N.A., as 

 Administrative Agent under, and 

the Lenders party to, the Credit 

Agreement described below 
 This
Compliance Certificate is furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to that certain Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of
[            
]March 2, 2015, among The J. M. Smucker Company, as Borrower, the
Guarantors party thereto and you (as extended, renewed, amended or restated from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed
thereto in the Credit Agreement. 
 The undersigned hereby certifies, solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the Borrower and not in his or
her individual capacity, as follows: 
 1. I am the duly elected
[                   
             ],
am the duly elected [Chief Financial Officer] of The J. M. Smucker Company; 

2. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the
transactions and conditions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period from [period begin date] to [period end
date] covered by the attached financial statements;
reflected in the Form [10-Q OR 10-K] of the Borrower filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the
“SEC”) on [date]. These financial statements can be obtained from the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml and from the Borrower’s website at http://www.smucker.com;

 3. The examinations described in paragraph 2
above did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition
or the occurrence of any event which constitutes a Default or Event of Default during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attachedreferenced financial statements, except as set forth below; 

4. The financial statements required by Section 8.5 of the Credit Agreement and being furnished (or deemed furnished) to you concurrently with this Compliance Certificate are true, correct and complete as of the date and for the periods covered
therebyfairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of the date of such statement and the consolidated results 

  
 E-1 

Table of Contents

 
of their operations and cash flows for the periods then ended in accordance with
GAAP [(subject to the absence of footnote disclosures and year-end audit adjustments)];; and 

5. The
Schedule I hereto sets forth financial data and computations evidencing the Borrower’s compliance with certain covenants of the Credit Agreement set forth in Section 8.20, all
of which data and computations are, to the best of my knowledge, true, complete and correct and have been made in accordance with the relevant Sectionssections of the Credit Agreement. 

Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3
above by listing, in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period
during which it has existed and the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event: 
  

	
	  

	  

	  

	  

 The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule I hereto and the
financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this             day of
                                    
20        . 
  

					
	THE J. M. SMUCKER COMPANY
		
	By	 	 
		 	Name	 	 
		 	Title	 	 

  
 E-2 

Table of Contents

 SCHEDULE I 

TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 

THE J. M. SMUCKER COMPANY 

COMPLIANCE CALCULATIONS 

FOR TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED
AS OF [                ], 2015 

CALCULATIONS AS OF
                    ,              

 
  

 

					
	 A. Total Leverage Ratio (Section 8.20(a))
	  			
		
	 1. Total Funded Debt
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 2. Net Income for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 3. Interest Expense for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 4. Federal, state,
and local Income taxes for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 5. Depreciation and Amortization Expenseamortization expense for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 6. Non-cash share based compensation expense for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 7. Non-recurring fees and expenses in connection with the Blue
Transactions (up to $250,000,000) [Reserved]
	  	 	___________	[Reserved] 
		
	 8. Other non-recurring charges and expenses in connection with any
Permitted Acquisition (other than the Blue Transactions) and extraordinary losses and charges (up to $125,000,000 in any period of twelve (12) consecutive
monthsNon-cash losses, impairment and other similar charges (other than those representing a reserve for or an actual cash item in any future
period) for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 9. Merger and integration costs in connection with the Blue
Transactions (up to $200,000,000 in the case of cash merger and integration costs) Fees and expenses incurred during for past 4 quarters for Acquisitions,
dispositions, investments and debt or equity issuances (whether or not successful) during such period
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 10. Cash restructuring charges (up to $25,000,000) other extraordinary, unusual, non-recurring or one-time cash expenses, losses and charges for past 4 quarters, including restructuring, merger and integration charges, not to
exceed (x) $150,000,000 for past 4 quarters and (y) $300,000,000 in
	  	$	___________	 

Table of Contents

					
		
	 the aggregate since
the quarter in which the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date occurred
	  			
		
	 11. EBITDA of Acquired
Businessfor any entity or asset acquired pursuant to an Acquisition for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 12. Non-cash gains for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 13. EBITDA of
divestedfor any entity, business line or business unit
sold for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 14. Sum of Lines A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8, A9, A10
and A11 minus Lines A12 and A13 (“EBITDA”)
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 15. Ratio of Line A1 to A14
	  	 	____:1.0	 
		
	 16. Line A15 ratio must not exceed
	  	 	[    	]1:1.0 
		
	 17. The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)
	  	 	yes/no	 
		
	 B. Interest Coverage Ratio (Section 8.20(b))
	  			
		
	 1. EBITDA for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 2. Interest Expense for past 4 quarters
	  	$	___________	 
		
	 3. Ratio of Line B1 to Line B2
	  	 	____:1.0	 
		
	 4. Line B3 ratio must not be less than
	  	 	3.5:1.0	 
		
	 5. The Borrower is in compliance (circle yes or no)
	  	 	yes/no	 

  

	1 	Applicable Total Leverage Ratio to be inserted.EX-4.4

 Exhibit 4.4 

Mohawk Capital Finance S.A. 

Société anonyme 

Registered office: 10B, rue des Merovingiens, L-8070 Bertrange 

NUMERO 1900/2017 

CONSTITUTION DE SOCIETE DU 25 AOUT 2017  

In the year two thousand and seventeen, on the twenty-fifth of August. 

Before the undersigned, Maître Carlo WERSANDT, notary, residing in Luxembourg. 

THERE APPEARED: 

Mohawk International Holdings S.à r.l., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, with registered office
address at 10B, rue des Merovingiens, L-8070 Luxembourg, and registered with the Registrar of Companies in Luxembourg under number B110608 (the “Shareholder”), 

here represented by Abdelrahime BENMOUSSA, having his professional address at 58, rue Charles Martel,
L-2134 Luxembourg, by virtue of a proxy given under private seal. 
 The said proxy, after having
been signed ne varietur by the proxyholder of the appearing party and the undersigned notary, shall remain attached to this deed to be filed at the same time with the registration authorities. 

Such appearing party, represented as stated above, has requested the officiating notary to enact the following articles of incorporation (the
“Articles”) of a “société anonyme” ( the “Company”) , which it declares to establish as follows: 

TITLE I.- NAME – REGISTERED OFFICE - DURATION - OBJECT 

Article 1. – NAME – LEGAL FORM 

There is formed a public limited liability company (société anonyme) under the name “Mohawk Capital Finance
S.A.” (the “Company”) which shall be governed by the law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended (the “Law”), as well as by the present articles of association (the
“Articles”). 
 Article 2. – REGISTERED OFFICE 

2.1     The registered office of the Company is established in Bertrange, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
(“Luxembourg”). 

  
 1 

 2.2     The board of directors may transfer the registered office of the
Company within the same municipality or to any other municipality in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and, if necessary, subsequently amend these Articles to reflect such change of registered office. 

2.3     Branches or other offices may be established either in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg or abroad by a resolution of
the board of directors. 
 2.4     In the event that the board of directors determines that extraordinary political ,
economic or social circumstances or natural disasters have occurred or are imminent that would interfere with the normal activities of the Company at its registered office, the registered office may be temporarily transferred abroad until the
complete cessation of these extraordinary circumstances; such temporary measures shall have not affect on the nationality of the Company which, notwithstanding the temporary transfer of its registered office, will remain a Luxembourg company. 

Article 3. - DURATION 

3.1     The Company is incorporated for an unlimited period of time. 

3.2     It may be dissolved, at any time and with or without cause by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders
adopted in the manner required for an amendment of these articles of association. 
 Article 4. - OBJECT 

4.1     The corporate object of the Company is to procure cash management and pooling services under any form whatsoever to
all and any companies that belong to the same group of companies than the one to which the Company belongs, and, to this effect, the Company may borrow money from and grant loans, advances and guarantees in any form whatsoever to all and any
entities participating in such cash management and pooling services. The Company may borrow money from the credit institutions that participate in these cash management and pooling services under any form whatsoever including, without limitation, by
way of line of credit, facility, advances and otherwise and give security interest in any form whatsoever for this purpose. 

4.2     The Company may borrow in any form except by way of public offer. It may issue, by way of private placement only,
notes, bonds and debentures and any kind of debt and/or equity securities. The Company may lend funds including, without limitation, the proceeds of any borrowings and/or issues of debt or equity securities to its subsidiaries, affiliated companies
and/or any other companies or persons that may or may not be shareholders of the Company to the extent permitted under Luxembourg law. The 

  
 2 

 
Company may also give guarantees and pledge, transfer, encumber or otherwise create and grant security over all or over some of its assets to guarantee its own obligations and undertakings and/or
obligations and undertakings of any other companies or persons that may or may not be a shareholder of the Company, and, generally, for its own benefit and/or the benefit of any other company or person that may or may not be a shareholder of the
Company. 
 4.3     In relation to its financing activities, the Company may acquire by subscription, purchase, and
exchange or in any other manner any stock, shares and other participation securities, bonds, debentures, certificates of deposit and other debt instruments and more generally any securities and financial instruments issued by any public or private
entity whatsoever. It may participate in the creation, development, management and control of any company or enterprise to the extent related to the Company’s financing activities. The Company shall be considered as a
“Société de Participations Financières” according to the applicable provisions. 

4.4     The Company may generally employ any techniques and instruments relating to its investments for the purpose of
their efficient management, including techniques and instruments designed to protect the Company against credit, currency exchange, interest rate risks and other risks. 

4.5     In a general fashion it may grant assistance to affiliated companies, take any controlling and supervisory
measures and carry out any operation, which it may deem useful in the accomplishment and development of its purposes. 
 TITLE II.- SHARE
CAPITAL-SHARES 
 Article 5. - SHARE CAPITAL 

5.1     The Company’s subscribed share capital is set at EUR 30,000 (thirty thousand euro) consisting of 300 (three
hundred) ordinary shares in registered form with a par value of EUR 100 (one hundred euro) each. 
 5.2     The
Company’s share capital may be increased or reduced by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders adopted in the manner required for an amendment of these articles of association or as set out in article 6 hereof. 

5.3     Any new shares to be paid for in cash shall be offered by preference to the existing shareholder(s). In case of a
plurality of shareholders, such shares shall be offered to the shareholders in proportion to the number of shares held by them in the Company’s share capital. The board of directors shall determine the time period during which such

  
 3 

 
preferential subscription right may be exercised, which may not be less than fourteen (14) days from the date of dispatch of a registered mail or any other means of communication
individually accepted by the addressees and ensuring access to the information sent to the shareholders announcing the opening of the subscription period. The general meeting of shareholders may limit or cancel the preferential subscription right of
the existing shareholders subject to quorum and majority required for an amendment of these articles of association. The board of directors may limit or cancel the preferential subscription right of the existing shareholder(s) in accordance with
article 6 hereof 
 5.4     If after the end of the subscription period not all of the preferential subscription rights
offered to the existing shareholder(s) have been subscribed by the latter, third parties may be allowed to participate in the share capital increase, except if the board of directors decides that the preferential subscription rights shall be offered
to the existing shareholders who have already exercised their rights during the subscription period, in proportion to the portion their shares represent in the share capital; the modalities for the subscription are determined by the board of
directors. The board of directors may also decide in such case that the share capital shall only be increased by the amount of subscriptions received by the shareholders of the Company. 

5.5     The Company may repurchase its own shares subject to the relevant provisions of the Law. 

Article 6. – Authorised capital and Bonus shares 

6.1     The authorised capital excluding the issued share capital is set at one hundred million euro (EUR 100,000,000),
consisting of one million (1,000,000) shares having a par value of EUR 100 (one hundred euro) each. During a period of five (5) years from the date of incorporation or any subsequent resolutions to create, renew or increase the authorised
capital pursuant to this article, the board of directors is hereby authorised to issue shares, to grant options to subscribe for shares and to issue any other instruments convertible into shares within the limits of the authorised capital to such
persons and on such terms as it shall see fit and specifically to proceed with such issue without reserving a preferential right to subscribe to the shares issued for the existing shareholders. 

6.2     The authorised capital of the Company may be increased or reduced by a resolution of the general meeting of
shareholders adopted in the manner required for amendments of these articles of association. 
 6.3     The board of
directors is authorised to allocate existing shares of the Company without consideration or to issue new shares (the “Bonus Shares”) paid up out of 

  
 4 

 
available reserves (i) to employees of the Company or to certain classes of such employees, (ii) to employees of companies or economic interest groupings in which the Company holds
directly or indirectly at least ten percent (10%) of the share capital or of the voting rights, (iii) to employees of companies or economic interest groupings which hold directly or indirectly at least ten percent (10%) of the share capital or
of the voting rights of the Company, (iv) to employees of companies or economic interest groupings in which at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital or of the voting rights are held, directly or indirectly, by a company holding itself,
directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the share capital of the Company and/or (v) to members of the corporate bodies of the Company or any of the other companies or economic interest groupings referred to under items
(ii) to (iv) above (the “Beneficiaries of Bonus Shares”). The board of directors sets the terms and conditions of the allocation of Bonus Shares to the Beneficiaries of Bonus Shares, including the period for the final
allocation and any minimum period during which such Bonus Shares cannot be transferred by their holders. 
 6.4     The
above authorisations may be renewed through resolution of the general meeting of the shareholders adopted in the manner required for an amendment of these articles of association and subject to the provisions of the Law, each time for a period not
exceeding five (5) years. 
 Article 7 - SHARES 

7.1     The shares of the Company are and will remain in registered form (actions nominatives). 

7.2     The Company may have one or several shareholders. 

7.3     Death, suspension of civil rights, dissolution, bankruptcy or insolvency or any other similar event regarding any
of the shareholders shall not cause the dissolution of the Company. 
 Article 8 – Register of shares and transfer of shares

 8.1     A register of shares shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, where it will be available for
inspection by any shareholders. This register shall contain all the information required by the Law. Ownership of shares is established by the registration in said share register. Certificates evidencing registrations made in the register with
respect to a shareholder shall be issued upon request and at the expense of the relevant shareholder. Such certificates may represent single shares of two or more shares, at the shareholder’s option. 

  
 5 

 8.2     The Company will recognise only one holder per share. In case a share
is owned by several persons, they shall appoint a single representative who shall represent them in respect of the Company. The Company has the right to suspend the exercise of all rights attached to that share, except for relevant information
rights, until such representative has been appointed. 
 8.3     The shares are freely transferrable in accordance with
the provisions of the Law and of these Articles. 
 8.4     Any transfer of registered shares shall become effective
(opposable) towards the Company and third parties either (i) through a declaration of transfer recorded in the register of shares, signed and dated by the transferor and the transferee or their representatives, or (ii) upon notification of
a transfer to, or upon the acceptance of the transfer by the Company. 
 Article 9. – Debt securities 

Debt securities issued by the Company in registered form (obligations nominatives) may, under no circumstances, be converted into debt
securities in bearer form (obligations au porteur). 
 TITLE III.- GENERAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Article 10. - Powers of the general meeting of shareholders 

10.1    The shareholders exercise their collective rights in the general meeting of shareholders. Any regularly constituted
general meeting of shareholders of the Company shall represent the entire body of shareholders of the Company. The general meeting of shareholders is vested with the powers expressly reserved to it by the Law and by these Articles. 

10.2     If the Company has only one shareholder, any reference made herein to the “general meeting of
shareholders” shall be construed as a reference to the “sole shareholder”, depending on the context and as applicable and powers conferred upon the general meeting of shareholders shall be exercised by the sole shareholder. 

Article 11. - Convening of general meetings of shareholders 

11.1     The general meeting of shareholders of the Company may at any time be convened by the board of directors or, as
the case may be, by the statutory auditor(s). 
 11.2     It must be convened by the board of directors or the statutory
auditor(s) upon the written request of one or several shareholders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the Company’s share capital. In such case, the general meeting of shareholders shall be held within a period of one (1) month
from the receipt of such request. 

  
 6 

 11.3     The convening notice for every general meeting of shareholders shall
contain the date, time, place and agenda of the meeting and may be made through announcements filed with the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ Register and published at least fifteen (15) days before the meeting on the Recueil
Electronique des Sociétés et Associations and in a Luxembourg newspaper. In such case, notices by mail shall be sent at least eight (8) days before the meeting to the registered shareholders by ordinary mail (lettre
missive). Alternatively, the convening notices may be exclusively made by registered mail or, if the addressees have individually agreed to receive the convening notices by another means of communication ensuring access to the information, by
such means of communication. 
 11.4     If all of the shareholders are present or represented at a general meeting
of    shareholders and have waived any convening requirements, the meeting may be held without prior notice or publication. 

Article 12. – Conduct of general meetings of shareholders 

12.1     The annual general meeting of shareholders shall be held within six (6) months of the end of each financial
year in the Grand-duchy of Luxembourg at the registered office of the Company or at such other place in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg as may be specified in the convening notice of such meeting. Other meetings of shareholders may be held at such
place and time as may be specified in the respective convening notices. Holders of debt securities are not entitled to attend meetings of shareholders 

12.2     A board of the meeting shall be formed at any general meeting of shareholders, composed of a chairman, a
secretary and a scrutineer, who need neither be shareholders nor members of the board of directors. The board of the meeting shall especially ensure that the meeting is held in accordance with applicable rules and, in particular, in compliance with
the rules in relation to convening, majority requirements, vote tallying and representation of shareholders. 
 12.3
    An attendance list must be kept at all general meetings of shareholders. 
 12.4     A
shareholder may act at any general meeting of shareholders by appointing another person as his proxy in writing or by facsimile, electronic mail or any other similar means of communication. One person may represent several or even all shareholders.

 12.5     Shareholders taking part in a meeting by conference call, through video conference or by any other means of
communication allowing for their identification, allowing all persons taking part in the meeting to hear one another on a continuous basis 

  
 7 

 
and allowing for an effective participation of all such persons in the meeting, are deemed to be present for the computation of the quorums and votes, subject to such means of communication being
made available at the place of the meeting. 
 12.6     Each shareholder may vote at a general meeting through a signed
voting form sent by post, electronic mail, facsimile or any other means of communication to the Company’s registered office or to the address specified in the convening notice. The shareholders may only use voting forms provided by the Company
which contain at least the place, date and time of the meeting, the agenda of the meeting, the proposals submitted to the shareholders, as well as for each proposal three boxes allowing the shareholder to vote in favour thereof, against, or abstain
from voting by ticking the appropriate box. 
 12.7     Voting forms which, for a proposal resolution, do not show
(i) a vote in favour or (ii) a vote against the proposed resolution or (iii) an abstention are void with respect to such resolution. The Company shall only take into account voting forms received prior to the general meeting to which
they relate. 
 12.8     The board of directors may determine further conditions that must be fulfilled by the
shareholders for them to take part in any general meeting of shareholders. 
 Article 13 - Quorum, majority and vote 

13.1      Each share entitles to one vote in general meetings of shareholders. 

13.2     The board of directors may suspend the voting rights of any shareholder in breach of his obligations as described
by these Articles or any relevant contractual arrangement entered into by such shareholder. 
 13.3     A shareholder
may individually decide not to exercise, temporarily or permanently, all or part of his voting rights. The waiving shareholder is bound by such waiver and the waiver is mandatory for the Company upon notification to the latter. 

13.4     In case the voting rights of one or several shareholders are suspended in accordance with article 13.2 or the
exercise of the voting rights has been waived by one or several shareholders in accordance with article 13.3, such shareholders may attend any general meeting of the Company but the shares they hold are not taken into account for the determination
of the conditions of quorum and majority to be complied with at the general meetings of the Company. 
 13.5     Except
as otherwise required by the Law or these Articles, resolutions at a general meeting of shareholders duly convened shall not require any quorum and shall be adopted at a simple majority of the votes validly cast regardless of the portion of capital
represented. Abstentions and nil votes shall not be taken into account. 

  
 8 

 Article 14 - Amendments of the Articles 

14.1     Except as otherwise provided herein or by the Law, these Articles may be amended by a majority of at least two
thirds of the votes validly cast at general meeting at which a quorum of more than half of the Company’s share capital is present or represented. If no quorum is reached in a meeting, a second meeting may be convened in accordance with the
provisions of article 11.3 which may deliberate regardless of the quorum and at which resolutions are adopted at a majority of at least two thirds of the votes validly cast. Abstentions and nil votes shall not be taken into account. 

14.2     In case the voting rights of one or several shareholders are suspended in accordance with article 13.2 or the
exercise of the voting rights been waived by one or several shareholders in accordance with article 13.3, the provisions of article 13.4 of these articles of association apply mutatis mutandis. 

Article 15 - Change of nationality 

The shareholders may change the nationality of the Company by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders adopted in the manner
required for an amendment of these Articles. 
 Article 16 - Adjournment of general meeting of shareholders 

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the board of directors may, during the course of any general meeting, adjourn such general meeting for
four (4) weeks. The board of directors shall do so at the request of one or several shareholder(s) representing at least ten percent (10%) of the share capital of the Company. In the event of an adjournment, any resolution already adopted by
the general meeting of shareholders shall be cancelled. 
 Article 17 - Minutes of general meetings of shareholders 

17.1     The board of any general meeting of shareholders shall draw up minutes of the meeting which shall be signed by the
members of the board of the meeting as well as by any shareholder upon its request. 
 17.2     Any copy and excerpt of
such original minutes to be produced in judicial proceedings or to be delivered to any third party shall be certified as a true copy of the original by the notary having had custody of the original deed, in case the meeting has been recorded in a
notarial deed, or shall be signed by the chairman of the board of directors, if any, or by any two of its members. 
 Article 18 - Right
to ask questions 
 18.1     One or several shareholders holding together at least ten percent (10%) of the share
capital or the voting rights may submit questions in writing to the board of 

  
 9 

 
directors relating to transactions in connection with the management of the Company as well as companies controlled by the Company; with respect to the latter, such questions shall be assessed in
consideration of the relevant entities’ corporate interest. 
 18.2     In the absence of a response within one
(1) month, the relevant shareholders may request the president of the chamber of the district court of Luxembourg dealing with commercial matters and sitting as in summary proceedings to appoint one or several experts in charge of drawing up a
report on such related transactions 
 TITLE IV.- MANAGEMENT 

Article 19 - Composition and powers of the board of directors 

19.1     The Company shall be managed by a board of directors composed of at least three (3) members. Where the
Company has been incorporated by a single shareholder or where it appears at a shareholders’ meeting that all the shares issued by the Company are held by a sole shareholder, the Company may be managed by a sole director until the next general
meeting of shareholders following the increase of the number of shareholders. In such case, to the extent applicable and where the term “sole director” is not expressly mentioned in these articles of association, a reference to the
“board of directors” used in these articles of association is to be construed as a reference to the “sole director”. 

19.2     The board of directors is vested with the broadest powers to act in the name of the Company and to take any
action necessary or useful to fulfil the Company’s corporate purpose, with the exception of the powers reserved by the Law or by these Articles to the general meeting of shareholders. 

19.3     The board of directors can create one or several committees. The composition and the powers of such committee(s),
the terms of the appointment, removal, remuneration and duration of the mandate of its/their members, as well as its/their rules of procedure are determined by the board of directors. The board of directors shall be in charge of the supervision of
the activities of the committee(s). 
 Article 20 - Daily management 

The daily management of the Company as well as the representation of the Company in relation to such daily management may be delegated to one
or more directors, officers or other agents acting individually or jointly. Their appointment, removal and powers shall be determined by a resolution of the board of directors. 

Article 21 - Appointment, removal and term of office of directors 

21.1     The directors shall be appointed by the general meeting of shareholders which shall determine their remuneration
and term of office. The general meeting of 

  
 10 

 
shareholders may decide to appoint directors of different classes, namely class A directors (the “Class A Directors”) and class B directors (the
“Class B Directors”). Any reference made hereinafter to the “directors” shall be construed as a reference to the Class A Directors and/or the Class B Directors, depending on the context and as
applicable. 
 21.2     The term of office of a director may not exceed six (6) years and each director shall hold
office until a successor is appointed. Directors may be re-appointed for successive terms. 
 21.3
    Each director is appointed by the general meeting of shareholders at a simple majority of the votes validly cast. 

21.4     Any director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the general meeting of shareholders
at a simple majority of the votes validly cast. 
 21.5     If a legal entity is appointed as director of the Company,
such legal entity must designate a physical person as permanent representative who shall perform this role in the name and on behalf of the legal entity. The relevant legal entity may only remove its permanent representative if it appoints a
successor at the same time. An individual may only be a permanent representative of one (1) director of the Company and may not be himself a director of the Company at the same time. 

Article 22 - Vacancy in the office of a director 

22.1     In the event of a vacancy in the office of a director because of death, legal incapacity, bankruptcy, resignation
or otherwise, this vacancy may be filled on a temporary basis and for a period of time not exceeding the initial mandate of the replaced director by the remaining directors until the next meeting of shareholders which shall resolve on the permanent
appointment in compliance with the applicable legal provisions. 
 22.2     In case the vacancy occurs in the office of
the Company’s s sole director, such vacancy must be filled without undue delay by the general meeting of shareholders. 
 Article 23
- Convening meetings of the board of directors 
 23.1     The board of directors shall meet upon call by the
chairman, if any, or by any director. Meetings of the board of directors shall be held at the registered office of the Company unless otherwise indicated in the notice of meeting. 

23.2     Written notice of any meeting of the board of directors must be given to directors twenty-four (24) hours at
least in advance of the time scheduled for the meeting, except in case of emergency, in which case the nature and the reasons of such emergency must be mentioned in the notice. Such notice may be omitted in case of consent of each director in
writing, by facsimile, electronic mail or any other similar means of 

  
 11 

 
communication, a copy of such signed document being sufficient proof thereof. No prior notice shall be required for a board meeting to be held at a time and location determined in a prior
resolution adopted by the board of directors which has been communicated to all directors. 
 23.3     No prior notice
shall be required in case all the members of the board of directors are present or represented at a board meeting and waive any convening requirements or in the case of resolutions in writing approved and signed by all members of the board of
directors. 
 Article 24 - Conduct of meetings of the board of directors 

24.1     The board of directors may elect a chairman from among its members. It may also choose a secretary who need not be
a director and who shall be responsible for keeping the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors. 
 24.2
    The chairman, if any, shall chair all meetings of the board of directors but, in his absence, the board of directors may appoint another director as chairman pro tempore by vote of the majority of the directors present or
represented at any such meeting. 
 24.3     Any director may act at any meeting of the board of directors by appointing
another director as his proxy in writing, or by facsimile, electronic mail or any other similar means of communication, a copy of the appointment being sufficient proof thereof. A director may represent one or more, but not all of the other
directors. 
 24.4     Meetings of the board of directors may also be held by conference call or video conference or by
any other means of communication, allowing all persons participating at such meeting to hear one another on a continuous basis and allowing for an effective participation in the meeting. Participation in a meeting by these means is equivalent to
participation in person at such meeting. 
 24.5     The board of directors may deliberate or act validly only if at
least a majority of the directors are present or represented at a meeting of the board of directors. In the event the general meeting of shareholders has appointed different classes of directors, the board of directors may deliberate or act validly
only if at least one (1) Class A Director and one (1) Class B Director is present or represented at the meeting. 
 24.6
    Decisions shall be adopted by a majority vote of the directors present or represented at such meeting. In the event the general meeting of shareholders has appointed different classes of directors, decisions shall be taken by
a majority of the directors present or represented including at least one (1) Class A Director and one (1) Class B Director. In the case of a tie, the chairman, if any, shall not have a casting vote. 

  
 12 

 24.7     The board of directors may, unanimously, pass resolutions by
circular means when expressing its approval in writing, by facsimile, electronic mail or any other similar means of communication. Each director may express his consent separately, the entirety of the consents evidencing the adoption of the
resolutions. The date of such resolutions shall be the date of the last signature. 
 Article 25 - Conflicts of interest 

25.1     Save as otherwise provided by the Law, any director who has, directly or indirectly, a financial interest
conflicting with the interest of the Company in connection with a transaction falling within the competence of the board of directors, must inform the board of directors of such conflict of interest and must have his declaration recorded in the
minutes of the board meeting. The relevant director may not take part in the discussions relating to such transaction or vote on such transaction. Any such conflict of interest must be reported to the next general meeting of shareholders prior to
such meeting taking any resolution on any other item. 
 25.2     Where the Company comprises a single director,
transactions made between the Company and the director having an interest conflicting with that of the Company are only mentioned in the resolution of the sole director. 

25.3     Where, by reason of a conflicting interest, the number of directors required in order to validly deliberate is
not met, the board of directors may decide to submit the decision on this specific item to the general meeting of shareholders. 
 25.4
    The conflict of interest rules shall not apply where the decision of the board of directors or the sole director relates to day-to-day
transactions entered into under normal conditions. 
 25.5     The daily manager(s) of the Company, if any, are mutatis
mutandis subject to articles 25.1 to 25.4 of these Articles, provided that if only one (1) daily manager has been appointed and is in a situation of conflicting interests, the relevant decision shall be adopted by the board of directors. 

Article 26. - Minutes of the meeting of the Board of directors and minutes of the decisions of the sole director 

26.1     The minutes of any meeting of the board of directors shall be signed by the chairman, if any, or, in his absence,
by the chairman pro tempore, or by any two (2) directors. Copies or excerpts of such minutes, which may be produced in judicial proceedings or otherwise, shall be signed by the chairman, if any, or by any two (2) directors. 

  
 13 

 26.2     Decisions of the sole director shall be recorded in minutes which
shall be signed by the sole director. Copies or excerpts of such minutes, which may be produced in judicial proceedings or otherwise, shall be signed by the sole director. 

Article 27 - Dealing with third parties 

27.1     The Company shall be bound towards third parties in all circumstances (i) by the signature of the sole
director, or, if the Company has several directors, by the joint signature of any two (2) directors, or by the joint signature of one (1) Class A Director and one (1) Class B Director if applicable or (ii) or the
joint or the sole signature of any person(s) to whom such signatory power may have been delegated by the board of directors (including by virtue of this appointment to any committees) within the limits of such delegation. 

27.2     Within the limits of the daily management, the Company shall be bound towards third parties by the signature of
any person(s) to whom such power may have been delegated, acting individually or jointly in accordance within the limits of such delegation. 

TITLE V.- AUDIT AND SUPERVISION 

Article 28. – Auditor(s) 

28.1     The transactions of the company shall be supervised by one or several statutory auditors (commissaire(s)).
The general meeting of shareholders shall appoint the statutory auditor(s) and shall determine their term of office, which may not exceed six (6) years. 

28.2     A statutory auditor may be removed at any time, without notice and with or without cause, by the general meeting
of shareholders. 
 28.3     The statutory auditor(s) have an unlimited right of permanent supervision and control of
all transactions of the Company. 
 28.4     If the general meeting of shareholders of the Company appoints one or more
independent auditors (reviseur(s) déntreprises agree(s)) in accordance with article 69 of the law of 19 December 2002 regarding the trade and companies ́ register and the accounting and annual accounts of undertakings, as
amended, the institution of statutory auditors is no longer required. 
 28.5     An independent auditor may only be
removed by the general meeting of shareholders for cause or with his approval. 

  
 14 

 TITLE VI.- FINANCIAL YEAR - ANNUAL ACCOUNTS - ALLOCATION OF PROFITS - INTERIM DIVIDENDS

 Article 29. - Financial year 

The financial year of the Company shall begin on first January fo each year and shall end on the thirty-first December of the same year. 

Article 30. – Annual accounts and allocation of profits 

30.1     At the end of each financial year, the accounts are closed and the board of directors draws up an inventory of the
Company’s assets and liabilities, the balance sheet and the profit and loss accounts in accordance with the law. 
 30.2
    Of the annual net profits of the Company, five percent (5%) at least shall be allocated to the legal reserve. This allocation shall cease to be mandatory as soon and as long as the aggregate amount of such reserve amounts to
ten percent (10%) of the share capital of the Company. 
 30.3     Sums contributed to a reserve of the Company may also
be allocated to the legal reserve. 
 30.4     In case of a share capital reduction, the Company ́s legal reserve
may be reduced in proportion so that it does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the share capital. 
 30.5     Upon
recommendation of the board of directors, the general meeting of shareholders shall determine how the remainder of the Company’s profits shall be used in accordance with the Law and these Articles. 

30.6     Distributions shall be made to the shareholders in proportion to the number of shares they hold in the Company.

 Article 31. – Interim dividends, share premium and assimilated premiums 

31.1    The board of directors may proceed with the payment of interim dividends subject to the provisions of the Law. 

31.2    Any share premium, assimilated premium or other distributable reserve may be freely distributed to the
shareholders subject to the provisions of the Law and these Articles. 
 TITLE VII.- LIQUIDATION 

Article 32. – Liquidation 

32.1     In the event of dissolution of the Company in accordance with article 3.2 of these Articles, the liquidation shall
be carried out by one or several liquidators who are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders deciding on such dissolution and which shall determine their powers and their remuneration. Unless otherwise provided, the liquidators shall have
the most extensive powers for the realisation of the assets and payment of the liabilities of the Company. 

  
 15 

 32.2     The surplus resulting from the realisation of the assets and the
payment of the liabilities shall be distributed among the shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of the Company held by them. 

TITLE VIII.- FINAL CLAUSE - GOVERNING LAW 

Article 33. - Governing law 

All matters not expressly governed by these Articles shall be determined in accordance with the Law. 

TRANSITORY PROVISIONS 

The first financial year shall begin on the daste of this deed and shall end on 31 December 2017. 

The first annual General Meeting will be held in 2018. 

SUBSCRIPTION-PAYMENT 

Thereupon, Mohawk International Holdings S.à r.l., pre-named and represented as stated
above, declares to subscribe to 300 (three hundred) shares with a par value of EUR 100 (one hundred) each and to fully pay them up by way of a contribution in cash amounting to EUR 30,000 (thirty thousand euro). 

The amount of EUR 30,000 (thirty thousand euro) is at the disposal of the Company, as has been proved to the undersigned notary, who expressly
acknowledges it. 
 STATEMENT 

The notary executing this deed declares that the conditions prescribed by article 26 of the Companies Law have been fulfilled and expressly
bears witness to their fulfilment. Further, the notary executing this deed confirms that these conditions have been observed and further confirms that these Articles comply with the provisions of article 27 of the Companies Law. 

RESOLUTIONS OF THE SOLE SHAREHOLDER 

Immediately after the incorporation of the Company, the sole shareholder of the Company, representing the entirety of the subscribed share
capital and exercising the powers devolved by the law to the shareholders’ meeting, has passed the following resolutions: 

1.    the number of director of the Company is set at 4 (four) directors; 

2.    the following persons are appointed as class A Directors: 

- Mr. Cornelis Martinus Verhaaren, born on January 2, 1966, in the Netherlands and with professional address at
10b, rue des Mérovingiens, L-8070 Bertrange, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, 

  
 16 

 - Mr. Christopher Rosselli, born on 7 November 1972, in Washington
D.C., United States of America and with professional address at 160, South Industrial Boulevard, 30701 Calhoun - Georgia, United States of America. 

3.    the following persons are appointed as class B Directors: 

- Mr. John Kleynhans, born on October 30, 1969, in Oberholzer, South Africa and with professional address at
58, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, 
 -
Mr. Andrew Knight, born on May 23, 1959, in London, United Kingdom and with professional address at 56, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. 

3.    KPMG Luxembourg a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Luxembourg, with registered office
address at 39, avenue John F. Kennedy, L-1855 Luxembourg and registered with the trade and companies register under number B 149133, is appointed as supervisory auditor (commissaire aux comptes) of the
Company until the annual general meeting of shareholder to be held in 2018. 
 4.    The mandate of the Directors will
expire after the annual general meeting of shareholder in 2023; and 
 5.    The registered office of the Company is
established at 10B, rue des Merovingiens, L-8070 Luxembourg. 
 COSTS 

The expenses, costs, fees and charges of any kind whatsoever which will have to be borne by the Company as a result of its incorporation are
estimated at approximately one thousand Euros (EUR 1,000.-). 
 DECLARATION 

The undersigned notary who understands and speaks English, states herewith that on request of the above appearing party, the present deed is
worded in English followed by a French version and in case of divergences between the English and the French text, the English version will prevail. 

WHEREOF the present deed was drawn up in Luxembourg, on the day named at the beginning of this document. 

The document having been read to the proxyholder of the appearing party, known to the notary by his/her name, first name, civil status and
residence, said proxyholder signed together with Us, the notary, the present deed. 

  
 17 

 Suit la traduction en français du texte qui précède 

L’an deux mille dix sept, le vingt-cinq août. 

Par-devant Maître Carlo WERSANDT, notaire, résident à Luxembourg. 

A COMPARU : 

Mohawk International Holdings S.à r.l., ne société à responsabilité limitée constituée
selon les lois du Luxembourg, avec son siège social au 10B, rue des Merovingiens, L-8070 Luxembourg, et immatriculée au Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés du Luxembourg sous le
numéro B110608, 
 ici représentée par Monsieur Abdelrahime BENMOUSSA employé, demeurant
professionnellement à Luxembourg, en vertu d’une procuration sous seing privé datée du 23 aout 2017. 
 Laquelle
procuration restera, après avoir été signée « ne varietur » par la mandataire de la partie comparante et le notaire instrumentant, annexée au présent acte pour les besoins de
l’enregistrement. 
 Laquelle partie comparante, représentée comme indiqué
ci-avant, a requis le notaire instrumentant de dresser acte d’une société à responsabilité limitée dont elle a arrêté les statuts comme suit : 

« TITRE I. NOM – OBJET – DUREE – SIEGE SOCIAL 

Article 1 – Nom – Forme juridique 

Il est établi une société anonyme sous la dénomination de « Mohawk Capital Finance S.A. » (ci-après, la « Société »), qui sera régie par la loi du 10 août 1915 sur les sociétés commerciales, telle que modifiée (la
« Loi ») et les présents statuts (les « Statuts »). 
 Article 2 –
Siège social 
 2.1    Le siège social de la Société est établi à
Luxembourg-Ville, Grand-Duché de Luxembourg. 
 2.2    Il pourra être transféré en tout autre
lieu au sein de la même municipalité ou dans toute autre municipalité du Grand-Duché de Luxembourg, le cas échéant, modifier ultérieurement ces articles afin de refléter le changement de
siège social. 
 2.3    Des succursales ou d’autres bureaux pourront être établis tant au
Grand-Duché de Luxembourg qu’à l’étranger par résolutions du conseil d’administration de la Société. 

2.4    Si le conseil d’administration conclut que des événements extraordinaires d’ordre
politique, économique ou social, ou des catastrophes naturelles ont eu lieu ou sont imminents et que ces événements sont de nature à compromettre l’activité normale de la

  
 18 

 
Société à son siège social, le siège social pourra être transféré provisoirement à l’étranger jusqu’à
cessation complète de ces circonstances anormales ; ces mesures provisoires n’auront aucun effet sur la nationalité de la Société laquelle, nonobstant ce transfert provisoire du siège social, restera une
société de droit luxembourgeois 
 Article 3 – Durée 

3.1    La Société est constituée pour une période indéterminée. 

3.2    La Société peut être dissoute, à tout moment, avec ou sans raison, par résolution
de l’assemblée générale des actionnaires statuant comme en matière de modifications des présents Statuts. 

Article 4 – Objet 

4.1    La Société a pour objet de procurer une gestion financière et des services communs de gestion
sous quelque forme que ce soit à toutes les sociétés qui appartiennent au même groupe de sociétés que celui auquel la Société appartient et, à cet effet, elle pourra emprunter de
l’argent et octroyer des prêts, des avances et des garanties sous quelque forme que ce soit à toutes les entités participant à cette gestion de fonds et services communs. La Société pourra emprunter de
l’argent aux institutions de crédit qui participent à cette gestion de fonds et services communs sous quelque forme que ce soit, limitation, par voie de lignes de crédits, facilités, avances et autrement et donner
des garanties sous quelque forme que ce soit dans ce but. 
 4.2    La Société pourra emprunter sous
quelque forme que ce soit sauf par voie d’offre publique. Elle peut procéder, uniquement par voie de placement privé, à l’émission de parts sociales et obligations et d’autres titres représentatifs
d’emprunts et/ou de créances. La Société pourra prêter des fonds, sans limitation, résultant des emprunts et/ou des émissions d’obligations ou de valeurs, à ses filiales,
sociétés affiliées et/ou toute autre société ou personne qui peuvent être associés ou non de la Société, dans la limite de ce qui est permis par la loi luxembourgeoise. La
Société pourra aussi donner des garanties et nantir, transférer, grever ou créer de toute autre manière et accorder des sûretés sur toutes ou partie de ses actifs afin de garantir ses propres
obligations et engagements et/ou obligations et engagements de toute autre société ou personne qui peuvent être associés ou non de la Société, et, de manière générale, en sa faveur et/ou
en faveur de toute autre société ou personne qui peuvent être associés ou non de la Société. 

4.3    En ce qui concerne ses activités de financement, la Société pourra en particulier
acquérir par souscription, achat, et échange ou de toute autre manière tous titres, actions et autres valeurs de participation, obligations, créances, certificats de dépôt et autres instruments

  
 19 

 
de dette et en général toutes valeurs ou instruments financiers émis par toute entité publique ou privée. Elle pourra participer dans la création, le
développement, la gestion et le contrôle de toute société ou entreprise. La Société sera considérée comme une Société de Participations Financières selon les mesures en
vigueur. 
 4.4    La Société peut, d’une manière générale, employer toutes
techniques et instruments liés à des investissements en vue d’une gestion efficace, y compris des techniques et instruments destinés à la protéger contre les créanciers, fluctuations monétaires,
fluctuations de taux d’intérêt et autres risques. 
 4.5    D’une manière
générale, elle pourra prêter assistance à toute société affiliée, prendre toutes mesures de contrôle et de supervision et exécuter toutes opérations qu’elle estimera utiles
dans l’accomplissement et le développement de son objet. 
 TITRE II. CAPITAL SOCIAL – ACTIONS 

Article 5 – Capital social 

5.1    Le capital social de la Société est fixé à EUR 30.000 (trente mille euros)
représenté par 300 (trois cent) actions d’une valeur de EUR 100 (cent euro) chacune. 
 5.2    Le
capital social de la Société peut être augmenté ou réduit par une résolution prise par l’assemblée générale des actionnaires statuant comme en matière de modifications des
Statuts, tel que prescrit à l’article 6 ci-après. 

5.3    Toute nouvelle action devant être payée en espèce devra être proposée en
priorité aux actionnaires existants. En cas de pluralité d’actionnaires, lesdites actions seront proposées aux actionnaires en proportion du nombre d’actions qu’ils détiennent dans le capital social de la
Société. Le conseil d’administration fixera la période durant laquelle ce droit préférentiel de souscription peut être exercé, cette période ne pouvant être inférieure à
quatorze (14) jours à compter de la date d’’envoi par lettre recommandée aux actionnaires, ou tout autre moyen de communication accepté individuellement par les destinataires et assurant un accès à
l’information, de l’annonce de l’ouverture de la période de souscription. L’assemblée générale des actionnaires peut limiter ou annuler le droit préférentiel de souscription des
actionnaires existants, sous réserve que les conditions de quorum et de majorité requises en matière de modifications des Statuts sont réunies. Le conseil d’administration peut limiter ou annuler le droit de
souscription préférentiel du ou des actionnaires existants conformément à l’article 6 ci-après. 

5.4    Si, à la fin de la période de souscription, tous les droits préférentiels de
souscription des actionnaires existants n’ont pas été exercés par ceux-ci, des tiers peuvent 

  
 20 

 
être autorisés à participer à l’augmentation de capital, sauf si le conseil d’administration décide que les droits préférentiels de
souscription doivent être proposés aux actionnaires existants qui ont déjà exercé leurs droits durant la période de souscription, en proportion de la part que leurs actions représentent dans le capital
social ; les modalités de la souscription sont fixées par le conseil d’administration. Le conseil d’administration peut également décider dans un tel cas que le capital social ne sera augmenté que
par le montant des souscriptions reçues de la part des actionnaires de la Société. 
 5.5     La
Société pourra racheter ses propres actions dans les limites prévues par la loi. 
 Article 6 – Capital
autorisé et Actions gratuites 
 6.1     Le capital autorisé de la Société excluant le
capital social émis est établi à cent millions d’euros (EUR 100,000,000) divisé en un million (1,000,000) d’actions d’une valeur de EUR 100 ( cent euro) chacune. Pendant une durée de cinq
(5) ans à compter de la date de constitution de la Société ou de toute résolution créant, renouvelant ou augmentant le capital autorisé de la Société selon le présent article 5 des
Statuts, le conseil d’administration est par les présentes autorisé à émettre des actions, octroyer des options de souscription d’actions et à émettre tout instrument convertible en actions dans
les limites du capital autorisé aux personnes et selon les termes qu’il juge adéquates et, spécifiquement, peut procéder à une telle émission sans réserver de droit préférentiel de
souscription aux actionnaires existants quant aux actions ainsi émises. 
 6.2     Le capital autorisé de
la Société peut être augmenté ou réduit par résolution de l’assemblée générale des actionnaires adoptée selon les conditions requises en matière de modifications des
Statuts. 
 6.3     Le conseil d’administration est autorisé à allouer les actions existantes de la
Société sans considération ou à émettre de nouvelles actions (les « Actions Gratuites ») à partir des réserves disponibles de la Société (i) aux
employés de la Société ou à certaines catégories d’employés, (ii) aux employés de sociétés ou groupements d’intérêt économique dans lesquels la
Société détient, directement ou indirectement, au moins dix pourcents (10%) du capital social ou des droits de vote, (iii) aux employés des sociétés ou groupements d’intérêt
économique qui détiennent, directement ou indirectement, au moins dix pourcents (10%) du capital social ou des droits de vote de la Société, (iv) aux employés de sociétés ou groupements
d’intérêt économique dans lesquels au moins cinquante pourcents (50%) du capital social ou des droits de vote sont détenus, directement ou indirectement, par une société qui elle-même détient, directement ou in directement, au moins cinquante pourcents (50%) du capital social de la Société, et/ou (v) aux membres des

  
 21 

 
organes sociaux de la Société ou de tout autre société ou groupement d’intérêt économique auquel il est fait référence dans les
points (ii) à (iv) ci-dessus (les « Bénéficiaires d’Actions Gratuites »). Le conseil d’administration définit les termes et conditions de
l’allocation d’Actions Gratuites aux Bénéficiaires d’Actions Gratuites, y compris la période pour l’allocation finale et la période minimum, le cas échéant, durant laquelle lesdites
Actions Gratuites ne peuvent être cédées par leurs détenteurs. 
 6.4     Les autorisations
reprises ci-dessus peuvent être renouvelées par résolution de l’assemblée générale des actionnaires adoptée selon les conditions requises en matière
de modifications des Statuts et sous réserve des dispositions de la Loi, à chaque fois pour une période ne pouvant excéder cinq (5) ans. 

Article 7 – Actions 

7.1     Les actions de la Société sont émises et resterons sous forme nominative. 

7.2     La Société peut avoir un ou plusieurs actionnaires. 

7.3     La Société ne sera pas dissoute par suite du décès, de l’interdiction, de
l’incapacité, de l’insolvabilité, de la faillite ou de tout autre événement similaire affectant un ou plusieurs associés. 

Article 8 – Registre des actions et transfert des actions 

8.1     Un registre des actionnaires sera tenu au siège social de la Société où il pourra
être consulté par tout actionnaire. Ce registre contiendra toutes les informations requises par la Loi. La propriété des actions sera établie par inscription dans ledit registre. Les certificats confirmant une telle
inscription seront émis sur demande et aux frais de l’actionnaire concerné. Ces certificats peuvent représenter une ou plusieurs actions, selon le souhait de l’actionnaire. 

8.2     La Société ne reconnait qu’un détenteur pour chaque action. S une action est
détenue par plusieurs personnes, ils devront nommer une représentant unique qui es représentera vis-à-vis de la Société. La
Société a le droit de suspendre l’exercice de tout droit attaché à cette action, à l’exception des droits à information correspondants, jusqu’à ce que ledit représentant unique
ait été nommé. 
 8.3     Les actions sont librement cessibles selon les termes de la Loi et des
présents Statuts. 
 8.4     Tout transfert d’actions nominatives sera effectif (opposable) vis-à-vis de la Société et des tiers soit (i) suite à une déclaration de transfert enregistrée dans le registre des actions,
signée et datée par le cédant et le cessionnaire ou leurs représentants, ou (ii) suite à la notification du transfert à la Société, ou suite à l’acceptation de ce transfert par
la Société. 

  
 22 

 Article 9 – Titres de créance 

Les titres de créance émis par la Société sous forme nominative (obligations nominatives) ne peuvent en aucun cas
être convertis en titres de créance au porteur (obligations au porteur). 
 TITRE III. ASSEMBLEE GENERALE DES ACTIONNAIRES

 Article 10 – Pouvoirs de l’assemblée générale des actionnaires 

10.1     Les actionnaires exercent leurs droits collectifs au sein de l’assemblée générale des
actionnaires. Toute assemblée générale des actionnaires de la Société régulièrement constituée représente tous les actionnaires de la Société. Elle dispose des pouvoirs qui
lui sont expressément conférés par la Loi ou les présents Statuts. 
 10.2     Si la
Société n’a qu’un seul actionnaire, toute référence dans les présents Statuts à « l’assemblée générale des actionnaires » sera une
référence à « l’actionnaire unique », selon le contexte, et les pouvoirs conférés à l’assemblée générale des actionnaires seront exercés par
l’actionnaire unique. 
 Article 11 – Convocation aux assemblées générales des actionnaires 

11.1     L’assemblée générale des actionnaires de la Société peut être
convoquée à tout moment par le conseil d’administration ou, le cas échéant, par le(s) commissaire(s) aux comptes. 

11.2     Elle doit être convoquée par le conseil d’administration ou le(s) commissaire(s) aux comptes
sur demande écrite d’un ou plusieurs actionnaires représentants au moins dix pourcents (10%) du capital social de la Société. Dans un tel cas, l’assemblée générale des actionnaires dans une
période d’un mois à compter de la réception de ladite demande. 
 11.3     La convocation
à toute assemblée générale des actionnaires doit contenir la date, l’heure, le lieu et l’ordre du jour de l’assemblée et peut être effectuée par annonces déposées au
Registre de Commerce et des Sociétés et publiées au Registre Electronique des Sociétés et Associations et dans un journal luxembourgeois au moins quinze (15) jours avant la date de l’assemblée.
Dans ce cas, les notifications doivent être envoyées par voie postale (lettre missive) au moins huit (8) jours avant la date de l’assemblée aux actionnaires nominatifs. Alternativement, les convocations peuvent
être faites uniquement par voie de lettres recommandées ou, si les destinataires ont individuellement accepté de recevoir les convocations par un autre moyen de communication assurant l’accès à
l’information, par cet autre moyen de communication. 

  
 23 

 11.4     Si tous les actionnaires sont présents ou
représentés à l’Assemblée Générale, et renoncent aux formalités de convocation, celle-ci pourra être tenue sans convocation préalable. 

Article 12 – Conduite des assemblées générales des actionnaires 

12.1     L’assemblée générale annuelle des actionnaires sera tenue dans le délai de six
(6) mois suivant la fin de l’exercice social au Grand-duché de Luxembourg au siège social de la Société ou à tout autre lieu situé au Grand-duché de Luxembourg indiqué dans les
convocations. Les autres assemblées des actionnaires peuvent être tenue en tout lieu et à toute date, tel que spécifié dans la convocation correspondante. Les detenteurs d’obligations ne sont pas tenus
d’assister aux assemblées d’actionnaires. 
 12.2     Un bureau de l’assemblée sera
constitué à toute assemblée générale des actionnaires, composé d’un président, d’un secrétaire et d’un scrutateur, qui ne doivent ni être des actionnaires ni des membres du
conseil d’administration. Le bureau de l’assemblée s’assure spécifiquement que l’assemblée est tenue en conformité avec les règles applicables et, en particulier, les règles relatives
à la convocation, aux exigences de quorum et de majorité, à la validation des suffrages et à la représentation des actionnaires. 

12.3     Une liste de présence doit être établie pour toute assemblée générale
des actionnaires. 
 12.4     Chaque actionnaire pourra prendre part aux assemblées générales des
actionnaires de la Société en désignant par écrit, en original, par téléfax, par courriel ou par tout autre moyen de communication similaire, une autre personne comme mandataire. Une personne peut
représenter plusieurs et même tous les actionnaires. 
 12.5     Les actionnaires participant aux
assemblées par conférence téléphonique, vidéo-conférence ou tout autre moyen de communication grâce auquel les actionnaires peuvent être identifiés,
toute personne participant à l’assemblée peut entendre et parler avec les autres participants de façon continue, et permettant une délibération effective, sont supposés être présents pour
le calcul du quorum et des votes, dans la mesure ou lesdits moyens de communication dont disponibles au lieu où se tient l’assemblée. 

12.6     Tout actionnaire peut voter à l’assemblée générale par le biais d’un
formulaire de vote envoyé au siège social de la Société ou à l’adresse indiquée dans la convocation par voie postale, courriel, facsimile ou tout autre moyen de communication. Les actionnaires ne
peuvent utiliser que les formulaires de vote fournis par la Société qui indiquent au moins la date, l’ordre du jour de l’assemblée, et les propositions soumises au vote des actionnaires, et pour chaque proposition
trois cases leur permettant de voter en faveur, contre ou de s’abstenir en cochant la case correspondante. 

  
 24 

 12.7     Les formulaires de vote qui, pour une résolution
proposée, n’indiquent pas (i) un vote en faveur ou (ii) un vote contre la résolution proposée ou (iii) une abstention sont nuls
vis-à-vis de ladite résolution. La Société ne peut tenir compte que des formulaires de vote reçus avant l’assemblée
auxquels ils se réfèrent. Le conseil d’administration peut fixer des conditions supplémentaires devant être remplies par les actionnaires pour prendre part aux assemblées générales des
actionnaires. 
 12.8     Le conseil d’administration peut déterminer d’autres conditions qui doivent
être remplies par les actionnaires afin de participer à une assemblée générale des actionnaires. 

Article 13 – Quorum, majorité et vote 

13.1     Chaque action donne droit à une voix lors des assemblées générale des actionnaires.

 13.2     Le conseil d’administration peut suspendre les droits de vote de tout actionnaire en infraction avec
ses obligations telles que décrites dans les présents Statuts ou dans tout autre accord contractuel conclu avec ledit actionnaire. 

13.3     Un actionnaire peut décider individuellement de ne pas exercer, de façon temporaire ou permanente,
tout ou partie de ses droits de vote. L’actionnaire faisant une telle renonciation y est tenu, et la Société, et la renonciation est contraignante pour la Société dès sa notification. 

13.4     Dans le cas où les droits de vote de un ou plusieurs actionnaires sont suspendus selon les termes de
l’article 13.2, ou si un ou plusieurs actionnaires renoncent à l’exercice de ses droits de vote selon les termes de l’article 13.3, lesdits actionnaires peuvent néanmoins participer aux assemblées
générales de la Société mais leurs actions de seront pas prises en compte pour la détermination du quorum et des conditions de majorité requises pour la tenue des assemblées générales de
la Société. 
 13.5     Sauf dans les cas prévus par la Loi ou les présents Statuts, les
résolutions prises aux assemblées générales des actionnaires dument convoquées n’exigent aucun quorum et seront adoptées à la majorité simple des votes exprimés sans tenir compte de
la portion du capital social qu’ils représentent. Les abstentions et les votes nuls ne seront pas pris en compte. 
 Article
14 – modification des Statuts 
 14.1     Sauf dans les cas prévus par les présents Statuts ou par
la Loi, les Statuts peuvent être modifiés par décision prise à la majorité des deux tiers (2/3) des votes 

  
 25 

 
valablement exprimés à l’assemblée générale pour laquelle un quorum de plus de la moitié du capital social de la Société est
présent ou représenté. Si le quorum requis n’est pas atteint lors de la première assemblée générale, les associés peuvent être convoqués ou consultés une
deuxième fois selon dans les conditions de l‘article 11.3 et cette deuxième assemblée peut délibérer sans exigence de quorum, les résolutions étant adoptées à la majorité des
deux tiers (2/3) des votes exprimés. Les abstentions et les votes nuls ne seront pas pris en compte. 

14.2    Dans le cas où les droits de vote de un ou plusieurs actionnaires sont suspendus selon les termes de
l’article 13.2, ou si un ou plusieurs actionnaires renoncent à l’exercice de ses droits de vote selon les termes de l’article 13.3, les conditions de l’article 13.4 des Statuts s’appliquent mutatis mutandis. 

Article 15 – Changement de nationalité 

Les actionnaires peuvent changer la nationalité de la Société par résolution de l’assemblée
générale des actionnaires prise dans les conditions requises pour la modification des Statuts. 
 Article 16 –
Ajournement des assemblées générales des actionnaires 
 Sous réserve des dispositions de la Loi, le conseil
d’administration peut, au cours d’une assemblée générale, ajourner ladite assemblée pour un délai de quatre (4) semaines. Le conseil d’administration se doit de procéder à un tel
ajournement sur demande d’un ou plusieurs actionnaires représentant au moins dix pourcents (10%) du capital social de la Société. Dans un tel cas, toute résolution adoptée par l’assemblé
générale des actionnaires sera annulée. 
 Article 17 –
Procès-verbaux des assemblées générales des actionnaires 

17.1    Le bureau de toute assemblée générale des actionnaires doit établir un procès-verbal de l’assemblée qui sera signé par les membres du bureau de l’assemblée ainsi que les actionnaires sur demande. 

17.2    Les copies ou extraits de procès-verbaux destinés à
servir en justice ou ailleurs seront certifiés en tant que copies conformes à l’original par le notaire qui a enregistré l’acte original, si l’assemblée s’est tenue devant notaire, ou signés par
le président du conseil d’administration ou par deux de ses membres. 
 Article 18 – Droit de poser des questions

 18.1    Un ou plusieurs actionnaires détenant ensemble au moins dix pourcents (10%) du capital social ou des
droits de vote de la Société peuvent soumettre par écrit au conseil d’administration toute question relative aux transactions en lien avec le management de la Société ou des sociétés
contrôlées par la Société ; pour ces dernières, les questions seront appréciées eu égard à l’intérêt social des sociétés concernées. 

  
 26 

 18.2    En l’absence de réponse dans le délai d’un
(1) mois, les actionnaires qui ont posé la question peuvent demander au présent de la chambre du tribunal d’arrondissement siégeant en matière commerciale et statuant dans le cadre du référé
de nommer un ou plusieurs expert(s) en charge de l’établissement d’un rapport sur les transactions concernées. 

TITRE IV. GESTION 

Article 19 – Composition et pouvoirs du conseil d’administration 

19.1    La Société est administrée par un Conseil d’Administration comprenant au moins trois
(3) membres. Si la Société a été constituée par un actionnaire unique, ou lorsqu’il apparait lors d’une assemblée générale que toutes les actions émises par la
Société sont détenues par un actionnaire unique, la Société peut être administrée par un administrateur unique jusqu’à la prochaine assemblée générale des actionnaires
constatant une augmentation du nombre des actionnaires de la Société. Dans un tel cas, dans la limite de ce qui est applicable et lorsque le terme « administrateur unique » n’est pas mentionné, toute
référence au « conseil d’administration » dans les présents Statuts sera interprétée comme une référence à l’ « administrateur
unique ». 
 19.2    Le conseil d’administration est investi des pouvoirs les plus larges pour agir au
nom de la Société et accomplir tous les actes nécessaires ou utiles à l’accomplissement de l’objet de la Société., à l’exception des pouvoirs expressément réservés
par la Loi ou par les Statuts à l’assemblée générale des actionnaires. 
 19.3    Le
conseil d’administration peut créer un ou plusieurs comités. La composition et les pouvoirs de ces comités, la portée des mandats, les conditions de révocation, de rémunération et la durée
des mandats de ses membres, ainsi que les règles de procédure, sont fixées par le conseil d’administration. Le conseil d’administration est en charge de la supervision des activités des comités. 

Article 20 – Gestion journalière 

La gestion journalière de la Société, ainsi que la représentation de la Société par rapport à
sa gestion journalière, peuvent être déléguées à un ou plusieurs administrateurs, agents ou autres, agissant individuellement ou conjointement. Leur nomination, révocation et pouvoirs seront
fixés par résolution du conseil d’administration. 

  
 27 

 Article 21 – Nomination, révocation et mandat des administrateurs 

21.1    Le(s) administrateur(s) sont nommés par l’assemblée générale des actionnaires, qui
détermine leur rémunération et la durée de leur mandat. L’assemblée générale des actionnaires peut décider de nommer des administrateurs de différentes classes, à savoir les
administrateurs de classe A (les « administrateurs de classe A » ) et les administrateurs de classe B (les «administrateurs de classe B»). Toute référence faite ci-après aux «administrateurs» doit être interprétée comme une référence aux administrateurs de classe A et/ou aux administrateurs de classe B, selon le contexte
et selon le cas. 
 21.3    Les administrateurs sont élus pour un terme ne pouvant excéder six
(6) ans et doivent rester en charge jusqu’à ce qu’un successeur soit nommé. Les administrateurs sont rééligibles. 

21.4    Chaque administrateur est nommé par l’assemblée générale des actionnaires
à la majorité simple des votes exprimés. 
 21.5    Un administrateur peut être
révoqué à tout moment avec ou sans motif par l’assemblée générale des actionnaires à la majorité simple des votes exprimés. 

21.6    Lorsqu’une personne morale est nommée administrateur de la Société, la personne morale
doit désigner une personne physique en tant que représentant permanent, qui exercera cette fonction au nom et pour le compte de la personne morale. La personne morale ne peut révoquer son représentant permanent que si
elle nomme en même temps son successeur. Un individu ne peut qu’agir en tant que représentant permanent d’un (1) seul administrateur de la Société et ne peut
lui-même être un administrateur de la Société au même moment. 

Article 22 – Vacance d’un mandat d’administrateur 

22.1    En cas de vacance d’un poste d’administrateur pour cause de décès, incapacité
légale, banqueroute, démission ou toute autre cause, cette vacance peut être comblée temporairement et pour une période ne pouvant excéder le terme du mandat de l’administrateur remplacé par les
administrateurs restants jusqu’à la prochaine Assemblée Générale, qui devra statuer sur la nomination permanente conformément aux dispositions légales applicables. 

22.2    En cas de vacance du mandat d’administrateur unique, cette vacance doit être comblée dans un
délai raisonnable par l’assemblée générale des actionnaires. 
 Article 23 – Convocation aux
réunions du conseil d’administration 
 23.1    Les réunions du conseil d’administration
seront convoquées par le président, le cas échéant, ou par tout administrateur. Les réunions du conseil d’administration se tiendront au siège social de la Société, sauf indication
contraire dans l’avis de convocation. 

  
 28 

 23.2    Avis écrit de toute réunion du Conseil
d’Administration sera donné à tous les administrateurs au moins 24 (vingt-quatre) heures avant la date prévue pour la réunion, sauf s’il y a urgence, auquel cas la nature et les motifs de cette urgence seront
mentionnés dans l’avis de convocation. Une telle convocation n’est pas nécessaire en cas d’accord de chaque administrateur de la Société donné par écrit, par facsimile, courriel ou tout autre
moyen de communication, une copie dudit document signé constituant une preuve suffisante. Une convocation spéciale ne sera pas requise pour une réunion du conseil d’administration se tenant à une heure et à un
endroit prévus dans une résolution préalablement adoptée par le conseil d’administration. 

23.3    Aucune convocation préalable n’est requise si tous les administrateurs de la Société
sont présents ou représentés lors du conseil d’administration et renoncent à ladite convocation, ou dans le cas de résolutions circulaires approuvées et signées par tous les membres du conseil
d’administration. 
 Article 24 – Déroulement des réunions du conseil d’administration 

24.1    Le Conseil d’Administration peut nommer un président parmi ses membres. Il peut également
désigner un secrétaire, administrateur ou non, qui sera en charge de la tenue des procès-verbaux des réunions du conseil d’administration. 

24.2    Le président, le cas échéant, présidera toutes les réunions du conseil
d’administration. En son absence, le conseil d’administration peut nommer un autre administrateur en tant que président pro tempore par un vote à la majorité simple des administrateurs présents ou par
procuration à la réunion en question. 
 24.3    Tout administrateur peut se faire représenter
à toute réunion du conseil d’administration en désignant par écrit, facsimile, courriel ou tout autre moyen de communication, un autre administrateur comme son mandataire. Un administrateur peut représenter un
ou plusieurs administrateurs, mais pas tous les administrateurs. 
 24.4    Les réunions du conseil
d’administration peuvent également être tenues par conférence téléphonique, vidéo-conférence ou tout autre moyen de communication grâce auquel les
administrateurs peuvent être identifiés, toute personne participant à la réunion peut entendre et parler avec les autres participants de façon continue, et permettant une délibération effective. Une
participation à la réunion par un tel moyen est équivalente à une participation en personne à cette réunion. 

24.5    Le Conseil d’Administration ne pourra délibérer ou agir valablement que si la majorité
au moins des administrateurs est présente ou représentée à une réunion du conseil d’administration. Si l’assemblée générale des actionnaires a nommé différentes classes

  
 29 

 
d’administrateurs, le conseil d’administration peut délibérer ou agir valablement que si au moins un (1) administrateur de classe A et un (1) administrateur de
classe B est présent ou représenté à l’assemblée. 
 24.6    Les
décisions sont adoptées à la majorité des voix des administrateurs présents ou représentés à cette assemblée. Dans le cas où l’assemblée générale des
actionnaires a nommé différentes catégories d’administrateurs, les décisions sont prises à la majorité des administrateurs présents ou représentés, y compris au moins un
(1) administrateur de classe A et un (1) directeur de classe B. Dans le cas d’une égalité, le président, le cas échéant, ne doit pas voter. 

23.7    Le conseil d’administration peut, unanimement, prendre des résolutions par résolution
circulaire en exprimant son approbation par écrit, facsimile, courriel ou tout autre moyen de communication. Chaque administrateur peut exprimer son consentement séparément, la totalité des consentements constitue la
preuve de l’adoption des résolutions. La date d’une telle décision sera la date de la dernière signature. 

Article 25 – Conflits d’intérêts 

25.1    Sauf dispositions contraires de la Loi, au cas où un administrateur aurait, directement ou indirectement, un
intérêt financier entrant en conflit avec l’intérêt de la Société par rapport à une transaction entrant dans le champ de compétence du conseil d’administration, cet administrateur devra
informer le conseil d’administration de son intérêt contraire et sa déclaration devra être enregistrée dans le procès-verbal de la réunion. Ledit
administrateur ne délibérera et ne prendra pas part au vote sur cette affaire. Rapport devra être fait au sujet de cette affaire et de l’intérêt personnel de cet administrateur à la prochaine
assemblée générale avant que ladite assemblée ne prenne une autre résolution sur tout autre sujet. 

25.2    Lorsque la société est gérée par un administrateur unique, les transactions conclues
entre le Société et cet administrateur ayant un intérêt contraire avec celui de la Société sont simplement mentionnées dans la résolution de l’administrateur unique. 

25.3    Si, en raison d’un intérêt contraire, le nombre d’administrateurs requis afin de
valablement délibérer n’est pas réuni, le conseil d’administration peut décider de soumettre la décision à l’assemblée générale des actionnaires. 

25.4    Les règles relatives au conflit d’intérêt ne s’appliquent pas aux résolutions
du conseil d’administration ou de l’administrateur unique concernant les opérations réalisées dans le cadre ordinaire des affaires courantes de la Société lorsqu’elles sont conclues à des
conditions normales. 

  
 30 

 25.5     Les délégués à la gestion
journalière de la Société, le cas échéant, sont sujets mutatis mutandis aux articles 25.1 à 25.4 des Statuts. Si un (1) seul délégué à la gestion journalière a
été nommé et que celui-ci est dans une situation de conflit, la décision concernée doit être prise par le conseil d’administration. 

Article 26 – Procès-verbaux des décisions du conseil d’administration et de
l’administrateur unique 
 26.1     Les procès-verbaux des
réunions du conseil d’administration sont signés par le président, le cas échéant, ou, en son absence, par le président pro tempore ou par deux (2) administrateurs. Les copies ou extraits de
ces procès-verbaux. Les copies ou extraits de procès-verbaux destinés à servir en justice ou ailleurs seront signés par le
président ou par deux (2) administrateurs. 
 26.2     Les résolutions prises par
l’administrateur unique seront inscrites dans des procès-verbaux signés par l’administrateur unique. Les copies ou extraits de
procès-verbaux destinés à servir en justice ou ailleurs seront signés par l’administrateur unique. 

Article 27 – Représentation 

27.1     La Société sera engagée en toutes circonstances vis-à-vis des tiers par (i) la signature de l’administrateur unique ou, si la Société dispose de plusieurs administrateurs, la signature conjointe d’un
(1) adminsitrateur de classe A et d’un (1) administrateur de classe B, si applicable, ou (ii) par la signature conjointe ou individuelle de toute personne à qui de tels pouvoirs de signature auront été
délégués par le conseil d’administration (y compris en vertu de la création de comité(s)) et ce dans les limites des pouvoirs qui leur auront été conférés. 

27.2     Dans les limites de la gestion journalière, la Société sera engagée vis-à-vis des tiers par la signature de toute personne à qui de tels pouvoirs de signature auront été délégués, agissant
conjointement ou individuellement dans les limites des pouvoirs qui leur auront été conférés. 
 TITRE V.
AUDIT ET SUPERVISION 
 Article 28 – Commissaire aux comptes 

28.1     Les opérations de la Société seront supervisées par un ou plusieurs commissaires aux
comptes. L’assemblée générale des actionnaires nomme le(s) commissaire(s) aux comptes et fixe la durée de leurs mandats, qui ne peut excéder six (6) ans. 

28.2     Le commissaire aux comptes peut être révoqué à tout moment, sans préavis et
avec ou sans motif, par l’assemblée générale des actionnaires. 

  
 31 

 28.3     Le commissaire aux comptes dispose d’un droit illimité
et permanent de supervision et de contrôle des opérations de la Société. 
 28.4     Si
l’assemblée générale des actionnaires de la Société nomme un ou plusieurs réviseur(s) d’entreprise agréé(s) conformément à l’article 69 de la loi du 19
décembre 2002 concernant le registre de commerce et des sociétés et la comptabilité et les comptes annuels des entités, telle que modifiée, alors la nomination d’un commissaire aux comptes n’est
pas nécessaire. 
 28.5     Un réviseur d’entreprise agréé ne peut être
révoqué par l’assemblée générale des actionnaires qu’avec motifs et avec son accord. 

TITRE VI. EXERCICE SOCIAL – COMPTES ANNUELS – ALLOCATION DES BENEFICES – DIVIDENDS INTERIMAIRES 

Article 29 – Exercice social 

L’exercice social de la Société commence le 1er janvier de chaque année et se termine le 31 décembre de chaque
année. 
 Article 30 – Comptes annuels et allocation des bénéfices 

30.1     A la fin de chaque exercice social, les comptes sont clôturés et le conseil d’administration
prépare le bilan et le compte de profits et pertes de la Société ainsi qu’un inventaire comprenant une indication de la valeur des actifs et des passifs de la Société, tel que requis par la Loi. 

30.2     Il sera prélevé sur le bénéfice net annuel de la Société cinq pourcents
(5%) au moins qui seront affectés à la réserve légale. Ce prélèvement cessera d’être obligatoire lorsque la réserve légale aura atteint dix pourcents (10%) du capital social de la
Société. 
 30.3     Les sommes allouées à une réserve de la Société
peuvent être également allouées à la réserve légale. 
 30.4     En cas de
réduction du capital social, la réserve légale de la Société peut être réduite proportionnellement afin qu’elle n’excède pas dix pourcents (10%) du capital social. 

30.5     Sur recommandation du conseil d’administration, l’assemblée générale des
actionnaires déterminera comment le restant des bénéfices de la Société sera affecté, en conformité avec la Loi et les Statuts. 

30.6     Les distributions doivent être réalisées au bénéfice des actionnaires en
proportion du nombre d’actions qu’ils détiennent dans la Société. 
 Article 31 - Dividende
intérimaire, prime d’émission et primes assimilées 
 31.1     Le conseil
d’administration peut décider de payer des dividendes intérimaires sous les conditions et dans les limites fixées par la Loi. 

  
 32 

 31.2    Toute prime d’émission, prime assimilée ou autre
réserve distribuable de la Société peut être librement distribuée aux actionnaires sous les conditions et dans les limites fixées par la Loi et les Statuts. 

TITRE VII. LIQUIDATION 

Article 32 – Liquidation 

32.1    En cas de dissolution de la Société conformément à l’article 3.2 des Statuts, la
liquidation sera effectuée par un ou plusieurs liquidateurs nommés par l’assemblée générale des actionnaires qui fixera leurs pouvoirs et leur rémunération. Sauf disposition contraire de la
résolution des actionnaires ou de la Loi, les liquidateurs ont les pouvoirs les plus étendus pour la réalisation des actifs et l’apurement du passif de la Société. 

32.2    Le surplus résultant de la réalisation des actifs et de l’apurement du passif de la
Société sera versé aux actionnaires proportionnellement au nombre d’actions détenues par chaque actionnaire de la Société. 

TITRE VIII. CLAUSE FINALE – LOI APPLICABLE 

Article 33 – Loi applicable 

Il est fait référence aux dispositions de la Loi pour toutes les questions pour lesquelles aucune disposition spécifique
n’est prévue dans les Statuts. 
 DISPOSITION TRANSITOIRE 

Le premier exercice social commence à la date du présent acte et prend fin le 31 décembre 2017. 

La premiere assemblee generale statutaire se tiendra en 2018. 

SOUSCRIPTION - PAIEMENT 

A ce titre, Mohawk International Holdings S.à r.l., prédésignée et représentée comme
indiqué ci-dessus, déclare souscrire trois cent (300) actions sous forme nominative, d’une valeur nominale cent euro (EUR 100) chacune, et de les libérer entièrement par
un apport en numéraire s’élevant à trente mille euros (EUR 30.000). 
 Le montant de trente mille euros (EUR
30.000) est à la disposition de la Société, ainsi qu’il en a été prouvé au notaire soussigné, qui le reconnaît expressément. 

DECLARATION 
 Le
notaire soussigné déclare avoir vérifié l’existence des conditions énumérées à l’article 26 de la Loi sur les Sociétés Commerciales et en constate expressément
l’accomplissement. Il confirme en outre que ces présents statuts sont conformes aux dispositions de l’article 27 de la Loi sur les Sociétés Commerciales. 

  
 33 

 RÉSOLUTIONS DE L’ACTIONNAIRE UNIQUE 

Immédiatement après la constitution de la Société, l’actionnaire unique de la Société,
représentant la totalité du capital social, a pris les résolutions suivantes: 
 1.    Le nombre
des administrateurs est fixé à quatre (4). 
 2.    Les personnes suivantes sont nommees administrateurs
de classe A: 
 - Mr Cornelius Martinus, administrateur de classe A, né le 2 janvier 1966 au
Pays-Bas et ayant son adresse professionnelle sise le 10B rue des Merovingiens, L-8070 Bertrange, Grand-Duché de Luxembourg; 

- Mr Christopher Roselli administrateur de classe A, né le 7 novembre 1972, Washington, Etats-Unis et ayant son adresse professionnelle
sise le 160, South Industrial Boulevard, 30701 Calhoun, Georgia, Etats Unis; 
 3     les personnes suivantes sont
nommées administrateurs de classe B: 
 - John Kleynhans, administrateur de classe B, né le 30 octobre 1969 à
Oberholzer, Afrique du Sud ayant son adresse professionnelle sise 58, rue Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg; et 

- Andrew Knight administrateur de classe B, né le 23 mai 1959, Londres, Royaume Uni et ayant son adresse professionnelle sise 56, rue
Charles Martel, L-2134 Luxembourg. 
 3.     KPMG Luxembourg,
société de droit Luxembourgeois, avec siège social au 39 avenue John F Kennedy, L-1855 Grand-Duché de Luxembourg et enregistré au Registre de Commerce et des
Sociétés sous le numéro B149133, est nommé en tant que Commissaire aux comptes pour une periode se terminant lors de l’assemblée générale des actionnaires de 2018. 

4.     Le mandat des administrateurs expirera après l’assemblée générale des actionnaires
qui se tiendra en 2023. 
 5.     Le siège social de la Société est etabli au 10B rue des
Merovingiens, L-8070 Bertrange, Grand-Duché de Luxembourg. 

  
 34

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00274-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00274-of-00352.parquet"}]]